SR-108
         LIBRARY SYSTEM
          USER'S MANUAL
ENVIRONMENTAL  RESEARCH  LABORATORY
     GULF BREEZE,  FL  32561
          JANUARY  1984

-------
         LIBRARY SYSTEM

          USER'S MANUAL
               by

    Susan Means, Russ Ryder,
              and
          Andree Lowry
Environmental Research Laboratory
     Gulf Breeze, FL  32561
          January 1984

-------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.   INTRODUCTION	    1

2.   SPECIAL SYSTEM CAPABILITIES 	    4
     2.1   Multiple User Access	    4
     2.2   Key Search Files	    4
     2.3   Masking Data Fields	    5
     2.4   Report Generation	    5
           2.4.1   Standard Output	    5
           2.4.1   Modified Output 	    7
     2.5   Keyword Analysis	    8
     2.6   Thesaurus	11
     2.7   Summary	14

3.   GENERAL PROCEDURES	15
     3.1   Conventions	15
     3.2   Interaction with Library Systems	15
     3.3   Accessing EPALIT	15
           3.3.1   Dial Link-up	15
           3.3.2   Direct Link-up	15
     3.4   Slgnlng-on	16
     3.5   Using the Option Menu	16
     3.6   Advancing through System Levels 	   17
     3.7   Requesting System Status	17
           3.7.1   ? Command	17
           3.7.2   ! Command	17
     3.8   Inputting Records 	   18
           3.8.1   Bypassing Prompts 	   18
           3.8.2   Separating Data Elements	18
           3.8.3   Repositioning the Cursor	19
           3.8.4   Repeating a Prompt	19
           3.8.5   Deleting a Prompt	20
           3.8.6   Incrementing Fields 	   20
           3.8.7   Duplicating an Entry	20
           3.8.8   Advancing to Next Record Input Display	21
     3.9   Searching for Records	   22
           3.9.1   Truncated Search Terms	22
           3.9.2   Imbedded Fragment Search Terms	22
           3.9.3   Boolean Expressions 	   23
           3.9.4   Searching Key Files (Option 1-5)	23
           3.9.5   Searching by Key Contents Analysis (Option 8)  	   25
           3.9.6   Searching by Record Fragment (Option 7)  	   25
           3.9.7   Sequentially Surveying the Database 	   26
     3.10  Modifying Existing Records	27
           3.10.1  Modifying by Input Method 	   27
           3.10.2  Modifying by Edit Method	28
           3.10.3  ADD Comand	29
           3.10.4  NOSAVE Command	30
     3.11  Listing Key File Data	30
     3.12  Deleting Records	33
     3.13  Sign1ng-off	33

-------
LIBRARY HOLDINGS SYSTEM 	  34
4.1   Content of the Library Holdings System	34
4.2   Slgning-on	•	34
      4.2.1   FULL Mode	34
      4.2.2   DELAYED POSTING Mode	34
      4.2.3   RESTRICTED Mode	35
4.3   System Menu	35
4.4   Item Record	36
      4.4.1   SHELF #	36
      4.4.2   DATE.	36
      4.4.3   TITLE	36
      4.4.4   AUTHORS	37
      4.4.5   CORP AUTH(O)	37
      4.4.6   CORP AUTH(S)	37
      4.4.7   ALT TITLE	37
      4.4.8   SERIES	37
      4.4.9   NOTES	38
      4.4.10  SUBJECTS	38
      4.4.11  PUBR	38
      4.4.12  PLACE 	  38
      4.4.13  PRICE 	  38
      4.4.14  ISBN/ISSN 	  39
      4.4.15  LC |	39
      4.4.16  ED	,	39
      4.4.17  PURCHASE ORDER* 	  39
      4.4.18  STATUS	39
      4.4.19  BORROWER'S NAME 	  39
      4.4.20  STATUS CODE	40
      4.4.21  CHECK-OUT DATE	40
4.5   Record Input	40
4.6   Sample Records	40
      4.6.1  Item on Order	41
      4.6.2  Book	41
      4.6.3  Journal	41
      4.6.4  Document	41
      4.6.5  Dissertation	41
      4.6.6  EPA Report	41
4.7   Sample Searches	  42
      4.7.1  Key File Searches	42
      4.7.2  Key Contents Analysis Search	43
      4.7.3  Record Fragment Search 	  43
4.8   Signing Off	44
4.9   Circulation Subsystem 	  44
      4.9.1   Signing-on	44
      4.9.2   Record Retrieval	44
      4.9.3   Record Display	44
      4.9.4   Item Check-out	45
      4.9.5   Item Check-in	4b
      4.9.6   Requesting Circulation Profile	45
      4.9.7   Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem .  .  46

-------
 CONTRIBUTION SYSTEM (IN-HOUSE/EXTRAMURAL PUBLICATIONS) 	  47
 5.1   Content of the Contribution System	47
 5.2   Signing-on	48
       5.2.1   FULL Mode	48
       5.2.2   DELAYED POSTING Mode	49
 5.3   System Menu	49
 5.4   Item Record	49
       5.4.1   AUTHOR	49
       5.4.2   TITLE	50
       5.4.3   JOURNAL	50
       5.4.4   YR	50
       5.5.5   VOL	50
       5.4.6   ISSUE	51
       5.4.7   PAGE NO	51
       5.4.8   EDITOR	51
       5.4.9   TITLE 1	51
       5.4.10  PUBLISHER	51
       5.4.11  CONTRIBUTION NO	  52
       5.4.12  GRANT NO	52
       5.4.13  LAB PROJECT NO	52
       5.4.14  EPA REPORT NO	52
       5.4.15  ABSTRACT	53
       5.4.16  NOTES	53
       5.4.17  DRAFT ID#	  53
       5.4.18  PUB TYPE	53
       5.4.19  DATE CONT # ASSIGNED	53
       5.4.20  CAS #	54
 5.5   Record Input.	54
 5.6   Sample Records	55
       5.6.1   Item in Preparation or In Press	55
       5.6.2   Journal Article	55
       5.6.3   Book Chapter	55
       5.6.4   EPA Report	55
       5.6.5   Published Abstract 	  56
       5.6.6   Conference Proceedings 	  56
 5.7   Sample Searches	56
       5.7.1   Key File Searches	56
       5.7.2   Key Contents Analysis Search 	  58
       5.7.3   Record Fragment Search 	  58
 5.8   Signing-off	59

REPRINT SYSTEM	60
 6.1   Content of the Reprint System	60
 6.2   Signing-on	60
       6.2.1  FULL Mode	60
       6.2.2  RESTRICTED Mode	61
 6.3   System Menu	61
 6.4   Item Record	62
       6.4.1  AUTHOR	62
       6.4.2  AUTHOR 2-6	62
       6.4.3  TITLE	62
       6.4.4  JOURNAL	62
       6.4.5  YR	63
       6.4.6  VOL	63

-------
           6.4.7   ISSUE	63
           6.4.8   PAGE NO	63
           6.4.9   EDITOR	63
           6.4.10  TITLE 1	64
           6.4.11  PUBLISHER  	  64
           6.4.12  REPRINT HOLDER 	  64
           6.4.13  REPRINT NO	64
           6.4.14  KEYWORD 1-15	64
           6.4.15  NOTES	6b
           6.4.16  LABEL NEEDED?	65
           6.4.17  NAME	6b
           6.4.18  ADDRESS  	  65
           6.4.19  CITY-STATE 	 	  65
           6.4.20  COUNTRY  	  66
           6.4.21  DATE RECEIVED	66
     6.5   Record Input	66
     6.6   Sample Records	67
           6.6.1   Journal Article	67
           6.6.2   Book Chapter	67
           6.6.3   Technical Report 	  67
           6.6.4   Conference Proceedings 	  67
     6.7   Sample Searches	68
           6.7.1   Key File Searches	68
           6.7.2   Key Contents Analysis Search 	  69
           6.7.3   Record Fragment Search 	  69
     6.8   Signing-off	70

7.   SPECIALIZED BIBLIOGRAPHY SYSTEM  	  71
     7.1   Content of the Specialized Bibliography System  	  71
     7.2   Signing-on	71
     7.3   System Menu	71
     7.4   Item Record	72
           7.4.1   REFERENCE NO	72
           7.4.2   CITATION SEQ#	72
           7.4.3   DOCUMENT	72
           7.4.4   FY . .,	72
   .  7.5   Record Input	73
     7.6   Sample Record	73
     7.7   Sample Searches	73
           7.7.1   Key File Searches	73
           7.7.2   Key Contents Analysis Search 	  74
           7.7.3   Record Fragment Search 	  74
     7.8   S1gn1ng-off	75

8.   SLIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM  	  76
     8.1   Content of the Slide Collection System 	  76
     8.2   Signing-on	76
     8.3   System Menu	76
     8.4   Item Record	77
           8.4.1   SLIDE #	77
           8.4.2   TITLE	77
           8.4.3   KEYWORD	77
           8.4.4   NOTES	77
           8.4.5   BORROWER'S NAME	77

-------
           8.4.6   STATUS CODE	78
           8.4.7   CHECK-OUT DATE	78
     8.5   Record Input	78
     8.6 .  Sample Record	78
     8.7   Sample Searches	78
           8.7.1   Key File Searches	78
           8.7.2   Key Contents Analysis Search 	  79
           8.7.3   Record Fragment Search 	  79
     8.8   Signing-off	80
     8.9   Circulation Subsystem  	  80
           8.9.1   S1gn1ng-on	80
           8.9.2   Record Retrieval  	  80
           8.9.3   Record Display	80
           8.9.4   Slide Check-out	81
           8.9.5   Slide Check-In	81
           8.9.6   Requesting Circulation Profile 	  81
           8.9.7   Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem. .  81

 9.  LABORATORY NOTEBOOK SYSTEM 	  83
     9.1   Content of the Laboratory Notebook System  	  83
     9.2   Signing-on	83
     9.3   System Menu	83
     9.4   Item Record	84
           9.4.1   LAB PROJECT #	84
           9.4.2   DATE ASSIGNED	84
           9.4.3   BOOK NUMBER	84
           9.4.4   LAB NOTEBOOK TITLE	84
           9.4.5   RESEARCHER	84
           9.4.6   DATE ARCHIVED	85
           9.4.7   BORROWER'S NAME	8b
           9.4.8   CHECK-OUT DATE .	85
     9.5   Record Input	85
     9.6   Sample Record	35
           9.6.1   Active Notebook	85
           9.6.2   Archived Notebook  	  85
     9.7   Sample Searches	86
           9.7.1   Key File Searches	86
           9.7.2   Key Contents Analysis Search 	  87
           9.7.3   Record Fragment Search 	  87
     9.8   Signing-off	87
     9.9   Circulation Subsystem  	  87
           9.9.1   Signing-on	88
           9.9.2   Record Retrieval  	  88
           9.9.3   Record Display	88
           9.9.4   Notebook Check-out 	  88
           9.9.5   Notebook Check-in  	  89
           9.9.6   Requesting Circulation Profile 	  89
           9.9.7   Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem     89

10.  LITERATURE SEARCH SYSTEM 	  90
     10.1  Content of the Literature Search System  	  90
     10.2  S1gn1ng-on	90
     10.3  System Menu	90
     10.4  Item Record	91

-------
           10.4.1   JOB NO	91
           10.4.2   LAB PROJECT NO	91
           10.4.3   ORIGINATOR 	  91
           10.4.4   PHONE  	  91
           10.4.5   DATE	91
           10.4.6   BRANCH CHIEF 	  92
           10.4.7   DESCRIPTION  	  92
           10.4.8   KEYTERMS 	  92
           10.4.9   SEARCHER	92
           10.4.10  ESTIMATE OF COST	92
           10.4.11  DATE END .	92
           10.4.12  SEARCH STRATEGY  	  92
           10.4.13  HITS	93
           10.4.14  PRINTS 	  93
           10.4.15  EVALUATION 	  93
     10.5  Record Input	93
     10.6  Sample Records	94
           10.6.1   Single File/Single Strategy Search 	  94
           10.6.2   Multiple File/Multiple Strategy Search 	  94
     10.7  Sample Searches	94
           10.7.1   Key File Searches	94
           10.7.2   Key Content Analysis Search  	  96
           10.7.3   Record Fragment Search 	  96
     10.8  Sigmng-off	96

11.  GLOSSARY	97

APPENDIX A - BATCH STREAM COMMANDS FOR DATABASE RESTRUCTURE AND REPORT GENERATION
     Library Holdings System 	  A-l
     Contribution System (In-House/Extramural Publications)	A-2
     Reprint System	A-4
     Specialized Bibliography System 	  A-5
     Slide Collection System 	  A-6
     Laboratory Notebook System  	  A-7
     Literature Search System  	  A-8

APPENDIX B - SAMPLE REPORTS
     Library Holdings System 	  B-l
     Contribution System (In-House/Extramural Publications)	B-2
     Reprint System  	  B-3
     Specialized Bibliography System 	  B-4
     Slide Collection System 	  B-5
     Laboratory Notebook System  	  B-6
     Literature Search System  	  B-7

APPENDIX C - STOP-LISTS AND GO-LISTS
     Sample Stop-List	C-l
     Sample Go-List  	  C-2

APPENDIX D - NAME FILES
     Name File	D-l

-------
1.  INTRODUCTION
     The library of the Environmental  Research Laboratory,  Gulf Breeze,  Florida
functions as an information processing unit for the scientific and
administrative staff of the laboratory.  It is a repository for conventional
research materials as well  as such items as the in-press manuscripts and
published reports of the staff, the scientific notebooks, and the laboratory
slide collection.  The library is the primary means by which information from
these materials is accessed; its on-line library system is  the basis for all
access and retrieval of information.
     The library system is an application of the EPALIT Text Data Management
Computer System, which was developed for the laboratory by Computer Sciences
;»
Corporation.  The EPALIT system preserves text in computer storage in such a
way that it can be easily retrieved and viewed.  Because library records are
predominantly textual rather than numerical, EPALIT provides the ideal medium
in which to automate many of the library's functions.  Using EPALIT allows the
library system to store large amounts of data and then rapidly analyze,  retrieve,
and report information based on predetermined search criteria.  The system
ensures the availability and effective utilization of all library resources
because of maximum retrievability.
     The initial library application of EPALIT was the creation of a Library
Holdings database.  The Holdings database contains all the elements found in  a
standard card catalog:  authors, titles, and subjects as well as acquisition,
circulation, and shelf list information.  Some of the information is masked
from view by nonlibrary staff, but is retained in the system for retrievability
and records management.  The system generates printouts by title, author, and
subject.  Special reports, such as a journal index and directories of items in
circulation and on order, are also available.  Keyword analyses of titles and

-------
descriptive notes are system capabilities that can also be provided 1n
printouts.
     The library system contains other databases similar to the Library
Holdings database.  These use different formats but have all  the capabilities
of the Library Holdings database.  They include the Environmental  Research
Laboratory, Gulf Breeze (ERLGB) Contribution database,  the Reprint database,
the Laboratory Notebook database, and the Slide collection database.  The ERLGB
Contribution database consists of the in-house and extramural  research reports
of the Gulf Breeze Laboratory, both published and unpublished.  The records in
this system contain bioliographic information, abstracts, and various
laboratory control numbers.  Printed indices of all data in this sytem are
available for library and laboratory use.  A directory  printout is generated
which provides bibliographic citations, an author index, and a title keyword
index; this format is used for public distribution and  is updated as requested.
Special bibliographies are generated in the directory format in response to
administrative requests and scientific inquiry.  The keyword analyses are
especially valuable capabilities when applied to this database because .of its
term-enriched abstract field.
     The Reprint database is a catalog of the reprint collections of the
laboratory.  The primary printout for this collection is an author index in
bibliographic citation format.  Subject and title keyword indices can be
generated as needed.  Author- and subject-specific directories are also
available upon request.  The scientific staff of the laboratory also use this
system to catalog their personal reprint collections.  Although these records
are entered remotely by the individual holders, the library has on-line access
to the entire database and can generate comprehensive indices as well as
directories to specific collections.

-------
     The Laboratory Notebook database 1s used for control  and retrieval  of the
research notebooks of the scientific staff.   Each record contains  laboratory
project number, date assigned, notebook number,  researcher name, notebook
title, and date archived.  As with Library Holdings,  a circulation control
mechanism is part of the database.
     The Slide Collection database includes  title descriptions of  the
laboratory's slides along with subject classifications and slide numbers.   This
database also maintains circulation control  information.
     The library system also contains databases  whose foci differ  from that of
the on-line catalogs.  For instance, the Specialized  Bibliography  database
allows a researcher to compile his bibliography  as he obtains his  sources  and
then tailor the format of the printed list to meet the publisher requirements.
The Search Request database is used to record information about literature
searches performed on commercial  databases.   Each record contains  the search
number, requestor name, date requested, search strategy, keyterms, estimated
cost, and an evaluation of the search.
     The key to the flexibility of the library system is an ongoing dialogue
between the library, the laboratory staff, and systems personnel.   With this
interaction, the library is able to provide  timely information service
regardless of the complexity of requests.  As the library assumes  increasingly
varied and sophisticated information tasks using its  on-line system, it
continues to strengthen its role as the laboratory's  primary source of
information.
     The following explanations,  instructions, and illustrations pertain to the
on-line characteristics of the library system.  It must be recognized that  this
system, and all library service,  is supported by many other manual functions.

-------
 2.    SPECIAL SYSTEM CAPABILITIES
      2.1  Multiple User Access
      Library systems can be simultaneously accessed by multiple users without
 fear  of overloading the computer, Interfering with another user's transactions,
 or encountering unacceptably slow response time.
      2.2  Key Search Files
      Each database contains five key search files.  Together these files
 comprise a unique identifier of the record they represent.  Typical key files
 are author, title, and subject.  Key files may contain only one element, or
 field, or a combination of several.  Putting multiples fields in a file
 increases the number of search options a database will accommodate.  Candidates
 for file sharing are fields with either related significance or with very
 dissimilar identifying characteristics.  Both combinations reduce the chance of
 false drops in searching and make it possible to generate combined and separate
 reports.  For example, the Title/Series file in the Library Holdings system
 generates a combined title, alternate title, and series index.  In this file, a
 single query searches three different fields to retrieve potentially relevant
 records.  On the other hand, the Author/Year file in the ERLGB Contribution
 system generates two separate indices and eliminates the risk of false drops
 through the mutually exclusive characteristics of the two fields.  Key search
 files may be temporarily or permanently changed to provide better access to
 specific Information.  This capability is particularly useful for generating
 special reports through nonstandard access points such as ISBN, publisher,  etc.
Field names can also be changed to more accurately describe the data they
contain.

-------
2.3  Masking Data Fields
     The system Is capable of masking data fields from view both at  the
terminal and in the printouts.  For Instance,  the Circulation  subsystem of  the
Library Holdings System masks all  data fields  except those pertinent to the
circulation function.  In the Library Holdings system itself,  the sign-on
procedure used determines how much information is available for viewing.  The
library staff sign-on procedure displays a full  record to the  screen, including
ISBN, Library of Congress card number, purchase order number,  borrower name,
etc.  The patron sign-on procedure masks confidential information.
2.4  Report Generation
2.4.1.  Standard Output
     Library systems regularly generate printed indices, reports and
directories.  The issue frequency  varies according to how often a database  is
significantly updated.  The number and format  of printouts depends on the
number of key search files and the intended use of the printout.  In the
printed indices, records are listed alphabetically letter-by-letter  and the
system automatically highlights the indexed field to facilitate usage.
     The Library Holdings system produces three monthly indices for  public  use:
title, author, and subject.  The title index provides the most complete
bibliographic citation along with  subjects, shelf number, and  notes.  Title,
alternate title, and series are listed in one  alphabet.  SEE references are
provided for related titles, alternate titles, conferences, translations, and
series.  Notes are used to indicate contents,  library holdings, and  other
miscellaneous information.  In the case of multiple copies and multi-volume
works, the system prints only a principal record with holdings notes.  The
author index includes personal and corporate authors in one alphabet.  In both
author and subject indices, relevant titles are listed below the indexed term

-------
with shelf numbers shown In highlighted brackets.   The title Index must  be
consulted for the full bibliographic record.   The  ISBN, LC  number, Item  price,
and borrower name do not appear in these reports.   Items on order are listed in
the title and author indices, but contain only brief bibliographic information,
notes, and order date.  A separate title index of  items on  order is also
available.  The Circulation subsystem generates two weekly  reports for use by
library staff.  Circulating items are listed  alphabetically by title with
borrower name, shelf number, and check-out date; by borrower name with
respective titles, authors, shelf numbers, and check-out dates.  Printouts by
individual borrowers are issued yearly or upon request.
     The ERLGB Contribution system generates  monthly printouts by title,
author, journal, publication year, CAS number, contribution number, EPA  report
number, grant number, laboratory project number, and draft  ID number. Records
in this catalog contain a bibliographic citation and abstract, laboratory
control numbers, publication type, and notes.  The Publications directory  is a
citation list grouped by year of publication  with  author and title keyword
indices.  The Index to Reports/Publications is a special interest directory of
recently published items and items still in preparation or  in press.  The
directory format is used to prepare other special  bibliographies as well.
These include author-specific directories, subject bibliographies, and citation
lists of research published under specific grants.  Directories may be
generated for in-house use or public distribution  and may or may not contain
abstracts.  The author-specific directories frequently include various keyword
analyses in addition to the citation list.  Directories are issued as necessary
to meet demand.
     The Reprint system generates an author index  to the reprint holdings  of
the library.  Records in this database contain complete bibliographic

-------
information plus reprint number, reprint holder, subjects, and notes.   Because
the reprint holdings of other laboratory staff are represented in the  database,
indices to individual collections can be issued as requested.   The system's
ability to generate indices by title keyword and subject is especially useful
with these collections.
     The Slide Collection system generates reports by title keyword, subject,
and classification number.  These printouts are issued as needed.
     The Specialized Bibliography system is used primarily to issue researcher-
compiled bibliographies in whatever format is required by the publisher.   These
printouts are issued to researchers as requested.
     At this time, the Laboratory Notebooks system and the Search Request
system do not routinely generate any printouts.  However, these systems have
the same capacity for report generation by key search file and keyword analysis
as do the other databases.
2.4.2  Modified Output
     Two methods are used to modify the content and arrangement of system
printouts.  The first method provides direct access to sunsets by assigning  a
common shelf number prefix or a shared shelf number phrase to each record in a
subset.  In the Library Holdings system, journals are identified with  the
shelf number PERIODICALX, documents with the prefix DCS, theses by the phrase
THESIS author's name, and vertical file material by the phrase VERTICAL FILE
subject category.  These "shelf numbers" enable the system to generate
printouts of specific subsets.  For instance, the journal index is generated by
a system command to print a directory of all records with the shelf number
PERIODICALX.  The same procedure can be used with any distinctly identifiable
subset.

-------
     The second method is based on a mutual  agreement between library and
programming staff to use specially assigned  codes to control  report  formats.
These codes have significance only in the systems and fields  to which they  are
assigned.  The library currently uses two input codes:   a minus sign (-)  and  a
single horizontal space ( ).  The minus sign is used in the Library  Holdings
system to eliminate duplicate records of multiple copies and  multi-volume works
from the printed indices.  These duplicate records are distinguished by a minus
sign prefixed to the shelf number.  Only principal records appear in the
printed indices, but duplicates are available on-line and in  the circulation
reports.  The minus sign is also used in the grant number field of the ERLGB
Contribution system to prevent items from appearing in certain directories.
The space code has assigned meaning in the year field of the  ERLGB Contribution
system.  It is used to segregate in preparation and in press  items from those
already published.  These records are distinguished by a single space before
the phrase IN PREP or IN PRESS in the year field.  When the system generates
reports by publication year, these are listed separately.  These codes can  be
assigned to other sytems and fields or new ones devised as needed.
2.b.  Keyword Analyses
     One of the most useful characteristics  of the system is  its ability to
perform analyses of database content.  These analyses fall into four
increasingly sophisticated categories:  Term frequency count, Term with record
identifier(s), Keyword in context, and Keyword out of context.  Each of these
capabilities, when applied to a database, results in a printed report.
Analyses may be run against every record and field in a database or  only a
circumscribed portion.  The same selection criteria used when searching the
database, including Boolean relationships, is used to identify specific record
subsets and/or fields for analysis.  To streamline the process, the  system

-------
automatically strips the database of all  syntax before performing analyses.
Typical analyses include title and abstract keyword  indices  of  either  an
entire database or a record set limited by author, year,  or  subject.
     A stop-list of trivial  terms is usually developed before the first
analysis is initiated.  This stop-list controls the  analysis by requiring the
system to examine every term not on the list.  It  is composed of typically
nonsignificant terms such as articles, conjunctions, prepositions, and
pronouns.  Term length may also be used to determine significance, but is not
always a relevant measure.  When the analysis has  a  relatively  narrow  focus, a
go-list may be developed instead.  A go-list controls the analysis by  providing
the system with a prescribed set of terms to examine; terms  not on the list  are
ignored.  Term significance is derived from the intended  use of the analysis.
Using different stop- and go-lists to analyze the  same record set will alter
the focus of the analysis.  However, it is not possible to use  more than  one
list to drive an analysis.  In some cases, an analysis of every term is more
productive.  Stop-lists and go-lists are used to improve  the value of  analyses
while decreasing system response time.
     The Term frequency count generates an alphabetical list of terms  which
includes the number of term occurrences.   This may  be a comprehensive  list of
every term in a record set or a preliminary list of  nontrivial  terms based on
an initial stop-list.  It is used to build or improve stop-lists, to develop
go-lists, and as a basis for constructing thesauri.   The  Term frequency count
printout is not considered a finished product for  public  use.
     The Term with record identifier analysis generates an alphabetical  list of
terms and identifies their record sources.  It can  be comprehensive or refined
and is used to further develop stop- and go-lists  and to  edit database content.
It is primarily used, however, to determine the context of term usage  when

-------
constructing thesauri.  Although not formatted for public use, this capability
can provide crude subject access to a database.
     The Keyword In context analysis generates an alphabetical list of keywords
surrounded by a one hundred and ten character line of proximate test.   If the
keyword is found near the beginning or end of an indexed field, a full line of
text will not appear.  If the proximate text exceeds one hundred and ten
characters, truncation may occur.  Keywords are highlighted in a single column
with identical terms printed only once.  A record identifier follows each line
of text.  This capability is usually applied to the title field, but can be
used to generate a KWIC concordance of record abstracts.  These reports are not
issued automatically, but as needed by the library.  Individual scientists
frequently request Keyword in context analysis of specific record sets for
their own use.
     The Keyword out of context analysis eliminates the problem of truncation
by supplying the keyword context verbatim.  Keywords appear as headings at the
left margin followed by the text in which they are located.  They are
highlighted in both the heading column, where identical terms appear only once,
and in the text, which is indented to further facilitate rapid scanning.
Context parameters vary from a single sentence to complete paragraphs depending
on the intended use of the analysis.  Like the Keyword in context analyses,
this capability is. applied to both title and abstract fields and generates a
variety of indices and concordances.  The library uses a KWOC title analysis as
a subject Index to the ERLGB Contribution system and special analyses are
issued as requested by the laboratory staff.
     Sentence ranking is a special application of the system's analytical
capabilities.  It stems from the system's ability to locate sentences and
identify keywords within them.  As with other analyses, selective criteria are
                                       10

-------
used to define the record sets and fields for examination.   Analyses  can  be
driven with stop-lists or go-lists or may be run  against  the full  test.   The
system evaluates each sentence according to four  objective  measures:   the
aggregate character length of its  nontrivial  terms,  the total  number  of
sentence characters, the number of nontrivial  terms  it contains,  and  where it
resides in the test.  Each of these measures is weighted  according to its
relative merit as an indicator of  sentence value; this weight can be
redistributed to change the focus  of the analysis.  Currently, the ratio  of
nontrivial characters to the total number of characters in  the sentence is the
primary ranking factor, followed by the number of nontrivial terms it contains
and its position in the text.  The reports generated by these analyses
highlight record identifiers at the left margin and  follow  them with  sentence
blocks ranked in either reverse or advancing order of significance.  In every
evaluation, there is a discernible shift from sentences with a higher order of
significance to those of a lesser  order; there can,  in fact, be several shifts.
The system recognizes these thresholds of significance and  can tailor its
reports to meet very divergent needs.  Sentence  ranking is  used to objectively
identify the essential content of  record sets. For  this  purpose, primary value
is assigned to sentences exhibiting the highest order of  significance. This
application is especially helpful  to scientists engaged in  summarizing research
results because it provides them rapid access to  the "meat" of important
publications.  Sentence ranking is equally useful in editing text because it
can identify the least significant, potentially extraneous  sentences  for
possible revision.
2.6.  Thesaurus
     As the library system has expanded, so has the  need  for an authoritative
vocabulary to facilitate document  indexing and retrieval.  In response to this
                                       11

-------
need, system capabilities have been applied to create an on-line thesaurus.
This thesaurus is being populated using the basic library system modified by a
special program which generates reciprocal entries where indicated.   It
contains three kinds of terms:  descriptors, descriptors with cross-references,
and USE references.  The USE references guide searchers from unauthorized terms
to the preferred descriptors.  They do not generate reciprocal  entries.
Cross-references show the heirarchical and conceptual relationships  between
descriptors.  The thesaurus recognizes four term relationships:  broader (BT),
narrower (NT), related (RT), and synonymous (EQ).  Entering a descriptor
followed by any of these operators prompts the system to generate reciprocating
references.  Three reciprocal pairs occur:  BT/NR, RT/RT, and EQ/EQ.  For
instance, the entry
     Blue Crab
          EQ Callinectes Sapidus
          BT Brachyura Crab
causes the system to record the following entries automatically:
     Callinectes Sapidus
          EQ Blue Crab
     Brachyura
          NT Blue Crab
A hyphen prefixed to a narrower or related term indicates the presence of even
more specific subsets of the prefixed term; however, reciprocal entries
indicating membership in a broader descriptor class are not generated.
     The thesaurus contains both analytical and abstract terms.  Four factors
are considered when evaluating descriptor candidates:  the term's frequency  of
occurrence in the literature, how often it is used in the library system, its
relationship to previously selected descriptors, and its precision and
                                       12

-------
acceptability.  The noun form is perferred, although some adjective and gerund
descriptors are used.  Multiword descriptors are entered in natural language
order.  Although punctuation is generally excluded,  hyphens are used if their
omission would alter the intended meaning of a term.  Universally recognized
abbreviations are used, but cross-referenced to the  unabbreviated form.  The
system alphabetizes descriptors letter-by-letter, ignoring all  characters
except numerals, letters, and spaces.  Numerals are  listed first, followed by
letters with spaces between words sorted before characters.
     Three printouts of the thesaurus database are available:   Thesaurus of
descriptors, Descriptors, and Descriptor words.  The Thesaurus  of descriptors
contains all descriptors and cross-references interfiled alphabetically with
the USE references; descriptors and operators are highlighted.   The Descriptors
printout is an alphabetical list of every term in the thesaurus.  The
Descriptor words report is a permuted or KWOC index  of every significant word
used in a descriptor.  The complete descriptor is the context.   In this
printout, the indexed words are highlighted in both  the headings and the
phrases that follow.  Reports are generated periodically and checked for
spelling errors and duplicate reciprocal entries.  Descriptors  can be added,
modified, or deleted at any time, as can cross-references.
     Although this capability can be applied to any  library system, it is
initially being used to construct a thesaurus of terms from the ERLGB
Contribution system.  When completed, this thesaurus will assist in the
indexing of documents by identifying the most suitable descriptors available
and outlining the relationships between them.  It will also aid database
searchers by disciplining search strategies with authorized terms and enriching
them with coincident terms.  A directory printout will be available for public
                                       13

-------
use, but the thesaurus will eventually be used on-line to internally enhance
search strategies.
2.7.  Summary
     The on-line system provides rapid access to library resources through its
flexible data management programs.  It can also produce special  reports
tailored to meet specific content and format requirements.  Successful
application of these capabilities requires consistent communication between the
library, laboratory, and computer staff to identify desired results and the
most effective means of achieving them.  The examples cited for each capability
are intended to illustrate how the Gulf Breeze library has used the system's
capacity for adaptation.  Other applications of these same capabilities are
equally feasible and can be implemented as needed.
                                       14

-------
3.  GENERAL PROCEDURES

This chapter is a basic guide to the procedures  used  in  all EPALIT  library
systems.  For specific information such  as  sign-on  codes, menu options, and
data entry formats, consult the appropriate system  chapter.

3.1  Conventions

Underlined phrases indicate the type of  information the  user  should enter.

Characters enclosed in brackets should be entered verbatim  by the user.

(CR) indicates the user should press the return  key.

Capitalized phrases represent system input  prompts.

3.2  Interaction with Library Systems

Communication with each library system is an interactive process consisting of
user input and system output.  A system  will  accept input only when it has
prompted the user for a response.  Except for commands to the operating system
(using the CTRL key and some character suffix),  all input is  transmitted by
pressing the return key.

3.3  Accessing EPALIT

Two methods are used to access the EPALIT system:   dial  link-up using a standard
phone line and an acoustic coupler or direct link-up  via a  dedicated line.
Determine which method is suitable to your  system and execute the corresponding
steps.

3.3.1  Dial Link-up

     1)  Turn on terminal and acoustic coupler.
     2)  Set coupler to full duplex.
     3)  Lift receiver and dial local EPALIT number.  You may obtain this number
         from your computer systems manager.
     4)  When a high-pitched tone is audible, place receiver  in coupler cradle
         muffs.

3.3.2  Direct Link-up

     1)  Turn on terminal.
     2)  Press and hold CTRL, type [C].

EPALIT will identify itself and initiate sign-on.   If the connection is not
successful or to re-connect after signing-off, repeat the procedure.
                   ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  AG=NCY
 30-OEC-83
 09:36:06

                   FOR ASSISTANCE, CALL  YOUR  SYSTEM  MANAGER.
                                       15

-------
3.4  Signing-on

Signing-on to a library system requires  the input  of  a  sequence  of  system-
specific identification codes.  These codes are  assigned  as each system
application is developed and can be obtained from  your  computer  systems manager.
A description of each code is given below.   Refer  to  the  section on  signing-on
in the following system chapters for examples of specific codes.

     1)  Enter User Code:   a unique string  of alphabetic  characters  which
         identifies the system user.
     2)  Enter Password;  a unique security code which  is masked from  the screen
         as it is entered.
     3)  Enter POP Account Number;  a unique alphanumeric code which identifies
         the account being accessed.
     4)  Enter PDS>:  a unique alphabetic code which  is prefixed with  the symbol
         "@".
     5)  Enter 4 Character Application Mnemonic  and Terminal  ID: terminal  ID
         is displayed on the screen during  sign-on; mnemonic  is  an  alphabetic
         code which indicates the authorization  mode  in which the system will
         operate (FULL, DELAYED POSTING, or RESTRICTED).
     6)  Enter Terminal Type:  a numeric character which  indicates  the type of
         terminal being used (hardcopy,  DEC VT52,  or  generic  scrolling device).

The system will display its option menu  and offer  an  input prompt.

3.5  Using the Option Menu

All library systems are menu-driven.  Transactions are  initiated by  selecting
one of the ten options offered in each menu.  Option  6  is used to add  records;
Options 1-5, 7, and 8 are used to search for records; Option  10  is  used to sign-
off; Option 9 is currently inactive.  With  the exception  of Option  6,  satisfactory
completion of a transaction will automatically return you to  the menu  display.
Option 6 continues to re-format the screen  for new record input  until  you
terminate tne transaction.

To make your selection, enter Option Number(CR).  Single  digits  may  be typed
with or without a zero prefix (05 or 5).The system will  activate  the
corresponding transaction mode and offer an input  prompt.
                       HeRARY HOLDINGS  SYSTEM
 00 YOU WISH TO
 SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT 6Y:
                             OR
 01: AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.                   06:  »00 4 OOCU.1ENT TO THE FILE
 02: SUBJECT                             07:  SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
 03S TITLE/SERIES                        08:  SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
 0*: BORROWER'S  NAME                     09:
 05: SHELF «                             10:  TERMINATE THE SYST=M


 701

 ENTER AUTHOR/COUP.flUTrt.  :


 71

 ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.  :
                                       16

-------
3.6  Advancing Through System Levels

There are essentially two levels in each  library  system:   the menu and the
subordinate transaction modes.  The asterisk  command  is used to advance from
the lower levels to the higher level.   It can be  entered  following any input
prompt to return to the menu display.   It can also  be entered at the menu level
to exit the EPALIT system entirely.

To execute this command, type C*](CR).
 CTITLEJ ECOLOGY OF PESTICIDES  CAUTH3RS3 BROWN,  ANTHONY  WILLIAM ALORIOGE
 CPU6R3 JOHN WILEY I SONS  [PLACED NEW  YORK   C04TE3  1978   CPRICE3 36.00
 CSHELF *3 QH545.P*37v  CSU3JECTSJ PESTICIDES—ENVIRONMENTAL  ASPECTS
 [BORROWER'S NAME] COUCH JOHN

 ENTER ACTION COD: : «
3.7  Requesting System Status

Each library system contains a limited amount  of  record  storage space.   It is
sometimes helpful to know how much of this  space  is  occupied, how much remains,
and which transactions occurred most recently.  Two  commands are available to
generate this information.

3.7.1  ? Command

The question mark command is used to determine the current  status of a system's
storage space.  It is entered at the menu  level and  generates a brief account
of the number of records held in the database,  the number of transactions
since the last database restructure, and the total number of records the data-
base will accommodate.  .

To execute this command, type [?](CR).
  THE  NEXT AVAILA3LS DATA BASE RECORD IS      30857
  THE  DATA 3ASE IS INITIALIZED FOR RECORDING TO REC3RO      37805
  THERE HAVE 8£cN          6 TRANSACTIONS SINCE LAST RESTRUCTURE
3.7.2  i Command

The exclamation point command generates  a record  by  record  listing of every
transaction since the last database restructure.   It  can  be entered from any of
the key file search modes (Options 1-5).
                                       17

-------
To execute this command, type [!](CR).
   ENTER  AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.  :  I



 CTITLE3  PROGRESS  REPORT:   DRILLING FLUID PROJECT  CAUTHORS3 OUKE, T. W.  CCORP
 AUTM(0)J UNITED  STATES.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY. ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARC
 LABORATORY,  GULF  8?E5Z=,  FL   COATE3 1983  CSERIES3 EPA-600/X-83-050  CSH=LP O
 =PA-600/X-83-050   CSUBJECTS3  DRILLING FLUIDS
3.8  Inputting Records

Before creating a new record, thoroughly search the database to ensure  that  the
item, or some version of it,-is not already present in  the system.   If  it  is,
determine its status (new edition, duplicate copy,  etc.)  and decide  the
appropriate course of action.  Modified versions of existing records can be
entered using the ADO feature described in Section  3.10.3.  If  the item is not
in the database, draft a new record and add it  to the system.   Records  should
always be entered with the system in FULL authorization mode to allow immediate
retrieval.

To add a record or records to a database, select Option 6 from  the menu and
enter the appropriate data.

     1)  Type [6](CR).
     2)  Enter Data Elements(CR).

Each system generates a series of input prompts from a  stored list of field
names.  Prompting proceeds in the order of this list until  a record  is  compiled.
To move from one prompt to the next, enter the  requested  information and press
return or issue one of the following commands.

3.8.1  Bypassing Prompts

To bypass a prompt, simply press the return key. The corresponding  field  will
be left void and its designator deleted from the finished record.
 NEW RECORD
 ENTER SHELF » : Z731.A53  1975
 ENTER DATE : 1975
 ENTER TITLE : AMERICAN LI3RARY  DIRECTORY
 ENTER AUTHORS :
 ENTER CORP AUTHCO)  :
 ENTER CORP AUTHCS)  :
3.8.2  Separating Data Elements

To separate items of equal  importance within  a  field,  type  two  slash marks
between the items.  Do not  space immediately  before, between, or after the
slashes.  The system will assign equal  index  value to  the separated elements,


                                       18

-------
 NEW RECORD


 ENTER SHELF * : SHU.UN*.2 591
 ENTER OATe : 1970
 ENTER TITLE : BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE LOBSTER,  GENUS  HQMARUS
 ENTER AUTHORS : LEWIS, R. 0.//RICHABDS,  WILLHM J.
 ENTER CORP AUTH(O)  : .UNITcO  STATEi.  FISH  SNO  WILDLIFE  SERVICE,  WASHINGTON,
3.8.3  Repositioning the Cursor

To move the cursor back up the prompting  list  during  a transaction, type an up
arrow after each prompt you wish  to move  past  and press  return.  The system
will resume prompting from the last item  reached.

To prevent the erasure of previously entered data elements as you move back
down the prompting list, type an  equal  sign after each prompt containing text
you wish to leave unaltered and press return.   The cursor moves down one prompt
for each command issued.
 NEW RECORD
 ENTER SHELF * : RC930.M46  V.  I
 ENTER OATE : 1977-1978
 ENTeR TITLE : M5TABOLI  30NE DISEASE
 ENTER AUTHORS : AVIOLI, LOUIS V.//K3ANE,  STEPHEN
 ENTER CORP AUTH(C)  :
 ENTER CORP AUTH(S)  :
 ENTER ALT TITLE : *
 ENTER CORP AUTH(S)  : *
 ENTER CORP AUTH(O)  : *
 ENTER AUTHORS : *
 ENTER TITLE : METABOLIC BONE  DISEASE
 ENTER AUTHORS : =
 AVIOLI, LOUIS V.//KRANE, STEPHEN  M.
3.8.4  Repeating a Prompt

To repeat a prompt for which the data entry will  exceed  one  line, break the
entry at an apropriate point, space  if necessary, type a plus sign as the last
non-blank character, and press return.  Prompting for the same item will resume
on the next line.  You may continue  in this manner until the entry is completed,
 NEU RECORD


 ENTER SHELF » : CLt30.6.L3t
 ENTER DATE : 1976
 ENTER TITLE : McRCURY ACCUMULATION  IN  BIVALVES  FROM  SELECTED  AREAS  ALONG *
 ENTER TITLE : THE GRAND STRAND OF SOUTH CAROLINA
 cNTER AUTHORS : LAMBERT, 30 SEMA*Y//JA*0'3Y,  WILLIAM  8.//3ENO,  JOHN R.// +
 ENTER AUTHORS : CALOWELL, JOHN
                                       19

-------
3.8.5  Deleting a Prompt

To temporarily delete an item from the prompting list, type a pound sign after
the prompt and press return.  It will  be dropped from the list for the duration
of the session.  Note that when this command is used, it masks the deleted
field in existing records as well.  The contents of the field will  not be visible
when records are retrieved through a search transaction, nor will  it be apparent
that they have been masked.  The prompt and its corresponding field will be re-
established when you sign-off the system.
 NEW  RECORD
  ENTER  SLIDE  •  :  C-001'^
  ENTER  TITLE  :  GC READOUT
  ENTER  KEYWORDS : CHEMISTRY
  ENTER  BORROWER'S NAME :  •
  ENTER  NOTES  :
 NEW  RECORD
 ENTER  SLIDE  *  !
 ENTER  TITLE  :
 ENTER  KEYWORDS
 ENTER  NOTES  :
3.8.6  Incrementing Fields

To sequentially increment a field when entering a group of related records,
type any initial numeral in the appropriate field of the first record.   In each
successive record, type an "@" sign after the same prompt and press return.
The system will insert the next number automatically.
  NEW  RECORD
  ENTER  SLIDE  * :  B-003
  ENTER  TITLE  : BIOCHEMIST
  NEW  RECORD
  ENTER  SLIDE  f
  8-004
3.8.7  Duplicating an Entry

To duplicate a data element entered in the proceeding record,  type an equal
sign after the appropriate prompt and press return.   The system will  insert  the
contents of the field from the previous record.
                                       20

-------
 NEW RECORD
 EMTER SLIDE • :  8-001
 EMTER TITLE : BIOCHEMIST (PETE SC-IOOR> 1974
 EMTER KEYWORDS : 3IOCHENISTRY
 NEU RECOR3
 EMTER SLIDE i : B-002
 EMTER TITLE : BIOIHEMISTRT LAS
 EMTER KEYWORDS : *
 BIOCHEMISTRY
3.8.8  Advancing to Next Record Input Display

To end a transaction before completion of the  prompting  11st and  re-format the
screen for the next record, type a right arrow after transmitting your  final
entry and press return.
 NEU RECORD
 EMTER SHELF * : Q180.JSU47
 EMTER DATE : 1975
 EMTER TITLE : GRA1TS:   HOU  TO  FIND  OUT ABDUT THEM
 EMTER AUT-IORS : W-*ZTEV  VIRGINIA  P.
 EMTER COR? AUTH(O)  :  >
 NEU RECORD


 EMTER SHELF f
The system automatically re-formats the screen for the next  record  entry at the
end of each Input transaction.   To terminate the Input session  and  return to
the menu, type an asterisk after any Input prompt.  Note that transactions
Interrupted by a return to the  menu are added to the database as  finished
records.  You may prevent the Input of a record by returning to the top of the
prompting 11st using the up arrow, moving back down the list by hitting return
to clear the fields, and then entering the asterisk command.
                                       21

-------
3.9  Searching for Records

Before Initiating a search transaction, determine the scope of the search  and
Identify the search terms you will  use.  With this Information, you can  compose
a search statement and select the appropriate search option.

Each system menu contains seven search options:   Options 1-5 confine a search
to one of five key files, Option 8 searches a concatenation of the key files,
and Option 7 examines the full text of the database.  A key file search  is the
fastest approach and should be used whenever possible.

A search statement may consist of a single term, a multi-word phrase, a  truncated
term or phrase, an imbedded fragment, or a combination of terms in a Boolean
expression.  The system recognizes both characters and spaces and looks  for an
exact match of each search term.  Any variation  in spelling, punctuation,  or
spacing will preclude a successful  search.  To initiate a search transaction,
select the desired option number and enter the requested search statement.

     1)  Enter Option Number(CR)
     2)  Enter Search Statement(CR).

When the system finds a matching phrase, the record is displayed and followed
with an ENTER ACTION CODE input prompt.  To advance to the next record match,
if any, press the return key.  You may continue in this manner until the search
is completed, at which time the system will return to the menu display.   You
may also terminate the search at any time by entering an asterick command  after
an Input prompt.

Records longer than one screen image are scrolled off the top of the screen.
You can temporarily halt scrolling with a command to the operating system.
However, you can not interact with the library system while scrolling is suspended.

     1)  To halt scrolling, press and hold CTRL  while typing [S].
     2)  To resume scrolling, press and hold CTRL while typing [Q],

3.9.1  Truncated Search Terms

Truncation allows you to a search on a root word or an incomplete phrase.   It
broadens a serch by increasing the number of possible hits.  It also decreases
the amount of time spent entering a search statement.  This feature should be
used carefully, however, as a broadened search can retrieve an excessive number
of irrelevant records.

To truncate a search term, simply break at an appropriate point and press  return.

3.9.2  Imbedded Fragment Search Terms

Searching with an imbedded fragment allows you to retrieve variant word forms
and imbedded words.  It causes the system to locate every occurrence of a
specific character sequence, regardless of its position in the text.  Keep in
mind that this type of search can be time-consuming in a large database.
                                       22

-------
      3.9.3  Boolean Expressions

      Three Boolean operators are used to combine terms:   AND, OR, and NUT.   The AND
      operator Is Indicated by the ampersand character (&),  the OR by a slash (/),  and
      the NOT by a minus sign prefix (-).  These symbols  are inserted between search
      terms with no spacing Immediately before or after.   The AND and OR operators
      always connect terms.  The NOT operator can be used with a single term, but is
      more frequently attached to an AND operator to combine terms.  Search  terms may
      or may not be truncated.  Operations are performed  from left to right  and the
      system treats each search term as an imbedded fragment.

      The AND operator requires that each uhprefixed ANDed term be present in the
      retrieved record(s).  For example, the expression CHLOR04METHYL will only
      retrieve records containing both the term CHLORO and the term METHYL.

      The OR operator requires that at least one of the unprefixed ORed terms be
      present in the retrieved record(s).  For example, the  expression KEPONE/PERMETHRIN
      will retrieve records containing either KEPONE or PERMETHRIN as well as records
      containing both terms.

      The NOT operator requires that each NOT-prefixed term  be absent from the
      retrieved records(s).  It may be used with a single term or attached to an AND
      or OR operator to express a relationship between two terms.  For example, the
      expression KEPONE&-DDT will retrieve all records containing the term KEPONE
      except those dealing with DDT.  Use this operator carefully as it can  eliminate
      potentially relevant records which contain the NOTed term in some other context.

      More than one operator may be used in a search statement.  For example, the
      expression KEPONE/PERMETHRINASEDIMENT&-FLORIDA will retrieve every record
      containing the terms KEPONE and SEDIMENT, but not FLORIDA as well as every
      record containing the terms PERMETHRIN ana SEDIMENT, but not FLORIDA.


NOTE: As a class, the following search capabilities are present in all EPALIT systems.
      However, they become increasingly expensive resources  as a database increases
      in size.  Generally the printouts from a database (indices, keyword analyses,
      directories, and other reports) are an effective means of retrieval and should
      be used whenever possible.  If a printout is inadequate or unavailable, the
      next approach should be a search of one of the key  files (Options 1-5).  Key
      contents analysis (Option 8) should be reserved for situations requiring an
      examination of all  the keys, while searching an entire database (Option 7)
      should be attempted only as a last resort.


      3.9.4  Searching Key Files (Options 1-5)

      Key files provide access to database records through designated record
      identifiers such as author, title, and subject.  Selecting one of the  five key
      file options initiates a search of the database which  is bound by the  alpha-
      numeric sequence of the corresponding index file.
                                             23

-------
     Type [1],  [2],  [3],  [4], or [5](CR).

The system will  request that you ENTER FILE NAME.  You may respond with any
appropriate search statement or enter an asterisk command to return to the menu,

     1)  To execute a  universal search of the database, simply press return.
         This non-selective search will retrieve every record containing an
         entry  in  the  chosen file.
  ENTER SUBJECT
CTITLE3 HEALTH  ASSESSMENT  0,OCUMENT  FOR  1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANS (METHYL
CHLOROFORM)   CCORP  AUTH<0)3  UNITED  STATES.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY.
OFFICE OF  RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT.  ENVIRONMENTAL  CRITERIA AND ASSESSMENT
OFFICE, RESEARCH TRIANGLE  PARK,  NC   C3ATE3  1930   CSHELF O EPA MISC M
CSUBJECTSJ  l,l,l-TRICHLORCEThANE//METHYL  CHLOROFORM
     2)   To execute a  prefix  search with a single term, multi-word phrase, or
         truncated  term, enter the search statement and press return.
  ENTER SUBJECT : MIREX
CTITlcJ EFFECT OF MIR = X AND ClfidOFimn ON ?STUA«IN5 MICROORGANISMS   CAUTHORS3
BROWN, LEWIS R.//ALLEY, EdRL C.//C03K, DAVIO W.  CCORP AUTHCO)3 MISSISSIPPI
STATE UNIVERSITY  CCORP AUTM(S)J UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY. ENVIRONMENTAL RHSEARCi CENTER, CCRVALLIS, OR  COATEJ 1975  CS5RIES3
EPA-660/3-75-02i  CSHtLP *1 6PA-660/3-7S-024  CSU3JSCTS1 MIREX//CSRBOFURAN
     3)   To execute  an  imbedded fragment search, enter the fragment, type an
         equal  sign,  and  press return.
  ENTER SUBJECT :  CrtLOR=
CTITLE3 RESIDUAL LEVELS OF 2. , 3 , 7, 9-T£ TP 1CHLOROO I8 = NZO-P-OIOXIN  (TCDO) NEAR
HERBICIDE STORAGE AND LOAOING AREAS AT eGLI* AFB, CLO
-------
  ENTER TITLE/SERIES  :  =CHLORINtPH:NOLtENVlRQN
CTITLEJ CHLORINATED  PHENOLS:   CRITERIA  FOR  ENVIRONMENTS QUALITY  CCORP
AUTH<0)3 NATIONAL  RESEARCH  COUNCIL  OF CANADA.  ASSOCIATE COMMITTEE CN SCIENTIFI
CRITERIA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL  QUALITY   CPUBR3  NKCC/CNRC   CPLACE1 OTTAWA
a.00  CScRIESD NRCC  NO.  18578   CSH=LF O  Q9223.C544 1992  CSUBJECTS3
CHLOROPHENOLS
3.9.5  Searching by Key Contents  Analysis  (Option 8)

Selecting Option 8 allows you to  search  a  composite of all  key files using a
Boolean expression of word fragments.  This  type of search  can be time-consuming
in a large database, but is the only option  which allows elements from different
files (author and title) or subfiles (author and corporate  author) to be
combined in a logical relationship.

     Type [8](CR)

The system will  request that you  ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS.  You may respond
with a Boolean expression of terms you expect to encounter  in the key files.
Do not prefix this statement with an equal sign.

     Enter Boolean Expression(CR).
   ENTER  THE  ScARCH PARAMETERS  -

   BROWNtMICROORGANISMC-LCUlSIANi



 CTITLE3  DECOMPOSITION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS 3Y M4RIN= ORGANISMS  CAUTHORS3
 BROWNf SIDNEY  0.   CCORP AUTH(0)J TEXAS A & M ?ESEAf?CH FOUNDATION  COATE3 1950
 CSERIESJ TEXAS A  & M RESEARCH  FOUNDATION ?ROJ=CT NINE  CSrtfLF »3 3L3.T498T
 CSUBjcCTSJ  MICROORGANISMS
You may also return to the menu by entering  an  asterisk  command after this
prompt.

3.9.6  Searching by Record Fragment (Option  7)

Selecting Option 7 allows you  to search  the  entire  content of a database for
the occurrence of a word fragment in any field.   This  search is executed in the
random order of the database.

     Type [7](CR)

The system will request that you ENTER THE RECORD FRAGMENT.  You may respond
with any single- or multi-word fragment. Do not  suffix  the statement with an
equal sign.
                                       25

-------
     1)  Enter Word Fpayment(CR).

The system will then ask WHICH OF  THE 5 KEY  SEQUENCES  WILL  CONTROL  THE  SEARCH:
(1-5).  You should respond with one of the five  key  file  option  numbers.

     2)  Type [1], [2], [3], [4],  or [5](CR).

The system will request that you ENTER FILE  NAME.  You may  respond  with any
appropriate search statement.  Any capabilities  described in  Section  3.9.4 are
applicable.

     3)  Enter Search Statement(CR).
  ?r

  ENTER THE  RECORO  FRAGMENT  :  CHLORIN:  INSTITUTE
  WHICH OF  THE  5  KEY  SEQUENCES WILL  CONTROL THE SiASCH (1-5) ? 2
  ENTER SUBJECT  :  eiBLIOGRAPH-
CTITLE3 CHLORINE:   SN  ANNOTATED  S:BLIOG*APHY;  A SELECTION o* *ErERENC=s FROM
182* TO 1971 ON THE  MEDICAL  TJXICOLOG ICAL INDUSTRIAL HYGItNc ANO ENVIRONMENT*!
ASPECTS OP  EXPOSURE  TO  CHLOSINE   CAUTHQ3S3 SMIT1,  RALPH G.  CCORP AUTH(3)1
WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY,  D1T9CIT.  OEPT  OF  OCCUPATIONAL £ ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
CPU8R3 CHLCRINE INSTITUTE   CPLACS3  NEW YOSK   CCAT5D 1971  CLC «1 72-75536
CSHELF «3 Z78n.C<»5S45   CSU9J:CTS3  CHLORINE — TOXICOLOGY—3I3LIOGRAPMY
You may also return to the menu by entering  an  asterisk  command after the  last
input prompt; do not use the asterisk  after  the first  two  prompts.

3.9.7  Sequentially Surveying the Database

After retrieving a record, you may cancel the original search  criteria and
begin a sequential survey of the database by typing  a  plus or  minus sign after
the ENTER ACTION CODE input prompt and pressing return.  Either of these commands
advances you to the next record in the database according  to the alphanumeric
sequence of the search file.  To move  to a specific  location in the database,
attach a numeral indicating the distance between the item  displayed and the
item sought.  This indicator is derived from the number  of records between the
two items, plus one.  Attaching a numeral to the minus sign also reverses the
direction of the survey.  All  movement is relative to  the  location of the last
record retrieved and each new record becomes the reference point form which the
next command issues.
                                      26

-------
 CTITLEJ PRINCIPLES OF NUMERICAL  TAXONOMY   CAUTHORS3  SOKAL,  ROBERT R.//
 SNEATH, PETER H. A.  CPU3R3 W. H. FREEMAN   CPLACE3 SAN  FRANCISCO. CA

 TAXONOMY9"  CLC " 63~1391*  CSHELF  *3 QH83.S6   CSU8JSCTS3 NUMERICAL


 ENTER ACTION COO: : -


 CTITLEJ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THt MANGROVE  LITERATURE.  PREPARED FOR  THE
 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF MANGROVES.  OCTOBER
 8-11, 1974, HONOLULU, HI  CAUTHORSJ VAN TINE, MELLISA   CDATEJ  1975
 CSHELF »3  GB625.B4  CSUBJECTSJ SWAMPS—BIBLIOGRAPHY

 ENTER ACTION CODE Z -1


 CTITLEJ PRINCIPLES OF NUMERICAL TAXONOMY  CAUTHORSJ SOKAL.  ROBERT R.//
 SNcATM, PETER H. A.  CPU8RJ W. H. FREEMAN  CPLACSJ SAN  FRANCISCO. CA
                  " 63'13914  t$«t*-F  *1 QH83.S6  CSUBJECTSJ  NUMERICAL
3.10  Modifying Existing Records

Previously entered records can be modified by  substituting, adding, or deleting
characters within existing fields, adding  new  fields,  or deleting old fields.

Before initiating a record change, you  must retrieve the record using one of
the search options.  Review it carefully to ensure  it  is the  record intended
for modification.  Two methods are available for  modifying individual fields:
input and edit.  Modifications should be made  in  DELAYED POSTING mode for better
response time.  However changes made in this mode are  not reflected in the key
files until after the database is restructured.

3.10.1  Modifying by Input Method

This method should be used when extensive  changes are  to be made within an
existing field, a previously empty field is to be added, or a field is to be
deleted.  When modifying by this method, it is necessary to enter the complete
version of the data element.

Retrieve and review the record.  Following the ENTER ACITON CODE prompt, type
the name of the field you wish to modify and press  return.  You may call up any
field, regardless of whether or not it  currently  appears in the record.

     1)  Enter Field Name(CR).

The system will ask you to ENTER FIELD  NAME.  You may  respond by simply pressing
the return key to delete the field entirely

     2)  Press (CR)

or by entering a new or modified data element  and pressing return.

     3)  Enter Data Element(CR).
                                       27

-------
Any character entered at this point will  be inserted into the field;  do  not
attempt to return to the menu by typing an asterisk.

If the entry exceeds one line, break at an appropriate point, type  a  plus  sign
as the last non-blank character, and press return.   The prompt will be repeated
on the next line.
CTITLE3 HEORY AND PRACTICE IV ex.'ERHENTM. B»CrE?IOL36f   CAUTHORS3 M6YM6LL,
GEOFFREY SUY/'MEYIELL* ELINOR  CPJBfH CAMJRID5E  imVEiSITT PRESS  CPLACE3
CAMBRIDGE, ENGLAN3  CJATE3 1965  CPRICED  9.50  CLI  f]  65-1435Z  CJHELF fj
QR61.X57  CSUSJECm JACTERIOLOGY—-TECHNIQUE

ENTER ACTION COOf : DATE

ENTER DATE : 1975

CTITLEJ HEORY AND PRACTICE IN EX»ERHENTAL B»CTEJIOL3GY   CAUFHORSJ MEYMEi.,
GEOFFREY 3UY//MEYMELL. ELINOR  CPJBR3 CAM3RIDSE  UYIVEtSITf PRESS  CPHCEJ
CAMBRIDGE* ENGLAND  C3ATE] 1975  [PRICE]  9.50  CL3  43  65-14852  CSHELF >]
QR61.N57  CSUSJECrS] 3ACTERIOLOGV—TECHNIQUE
After your response has been transmitted, the system will  display  the modified
version of the full record and offer another ENTER  ACTION  CODE  prompt.   You may
continue to modify the record or return to the menu with an  asterisk  command.

3.10.2  Modifying by Edit Method

This method should be used when only minor changes  are to  be made  within existing
fields.  Do not use it to add new fields or to delete old  ones.

Retrieve and review the record.  Following the ENTER ACTION  CODE prompt, type a
left arrow, the name of the field you wish to modify, and  press return.

     1)  Enter [<]Field Name(CR).

The system will display the field name and existing data element and  ask you to
ENTER EDIT COMAND.  To execute an edit command, type C/Comparison  Phrase/Replace-
ment Phrase/ and press return.  The C is mandatory.  The character following
it may be any character not found in either the comparison or replacement
phrases and must be repeated between the two phrases.  The trailing delimiter
is optional, but must be the same character.  The system inserts the  replacement
phrase at the first occurrence of the comparison phrase.   Since an extremely
brief character sequence may occur several time within a field, the comparision
phrase must be unique to ensure that the replacement phrase  is  inserted  at the
correct location.
                                       28

-------
     2)  Enter [C]/Comparison Phrase/Replacement Phrase/(CR).
 CTITLE3  THEORY  OF  SEX  ALLOCATION   CAUTHORSJ CHARNOV,  ERIC L.  CPUBR3 PRINCETON
 UNIVERSITY   CPLACED  PRINCETON,  NJ   COATS] 1982  CPRICE3 9.50  CISBN/ISSN3
 0-691-08312-6   CSERIESD  MONOGRAPHS IN POPULATION BIOLOGY; VOL. 18  CSHELF *1
 QH481.CS 1982   CSUflJECTSD  SsX  C3IOLOGV)//SEX OIFFER6NCES//SEX ALLOCATION
 CdORROUER'S  NAME3  DAVIS  WILL   CPURCHASE  ORDER «] 3G6108NBSA

 ENTER ACTION CODE  :  
-------
 CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY  CPUBR3 R.R. BOMKER  CPLACE3 NEW YORK
 CDATE3 1983  CPRICE3 9T.50  CED3 3*TH  CNOTES3 THIS IS KEPT IN THE LIBRARIAN
 OFFICE  CSHELF «3 Z731.A53 1983  CSU3J=CTS3 LIBRARIES—DIRECTORIES

 ENTER ACTION CODE :  SHELP *

 ENTER SHELF * :  -Z731.A53 1983 C.2

 CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY  CPUBR3 R.R. BOUKER  CPLACE3 NEW YORK
 COATE3 1983  CPRICE3 97.50  CE03 3«TH  CNOTES3 THIS IS KEPT IN THE LIBRARIAN
 OFFICE  CSHELF «3 -Z731.453 1983 C.2  CSUBJECTS3 LIBRARIES—DIRECTORIES

 cNTER ACTION CODE :  400
The system will  return to the  menu display.

3.10.4  NOSAVE Command

You may use this command to instruct the system to disregard all changes just
made to a record.  To execute  this command, display the modified version of the
full record, type the phrase "NOSAVE" after the ENTER ACTION CODE prompt, and
press return.
 CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY  CPUBR3 R.R.  BOMKER   CPLACE3  NEW  YORK
 COATE3 1983  CPRICE3 97.50  Ci03 3*TH  CNOTES3 THIS  IS  KEPT  IN THE LIBRARIAN
 OFFICE  CSHELF *3 Z731.A53 1983  CSUBJECTS3 LI3RARIES—DIRECTORIES

 ENTER ACTION CODE : SHELF «

 ENTER SHELF « : REF Z731.A53 1983

 CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY  CPUBR3 R.R.  3QWKER   CPLACE3  NEW  YORK
 COAT63 1983  CPRICE3 97.50  CE03 3*TH  CNOTES3 THIS  IS  KSPT  IN THE LIBRARIAN
 OFFICE  CSHELF »1 REF 2731.A53 1983  CSU8JECTS3  LIBRARIES—DIRECTORIES

 ENTER ACTION CODE : NOSAVE

 CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY  CPUBR3 R.R.  30WKER   CPLACE3  NEW  YORK
 COATE3 1983  CPRICE3 97.50  Cc03 3*TH  CNOTES3 THIS  IS  KEPT  IN THE LIBRARIAN
 OFFICE  CSHELF »3 Z731.AS3 1983  CSU8JECTS3 LIBRARIES—DIRECTORIES
The system will  re-display  the  original version of the record.

3.11  Listing Key File  Data

A variety of commands are used  to generate term frequency counts of data
contained in key files.  To produce a frequency count, select the desired key
file option and  enter one of the following commands.

     1)   To generate a  frequency count of every term in the file, type C?](CR).
         In a large database, this will be extremely time-consuming.
                                      30

-------
  72


  ENTER KEYWORD : ?
THERE ARE    315 KEYS OF THE INDICATES TYPE
MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA ARE  :
    4 - BIOCHEMISTRY
    * - CHEMISTRY
   64 - FACILITIES/GROUNDS
   46 - FIELD WORK
    2)  To generate a frequency  count  of terms entered since the last database
        restructure,  type [!?](CR).
   ENTER  AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.  :  BROW?
 THERE  ARE    9993  KEYS  OF THE INDICATED TYPE
 MATCHING THE  ScARCH  CRITERIA ARS :
     1  - BROUN.  ANTHONY WILLIAM ALORIDGE
     1  - BROWN,  3RADFQRO E.
     1  - BROWN*  C.  M.
     2  - BROWN,  CLARA  0.
    3)  To limit the frequency  count  by  initial term character(s), type
        Character(s)[?](CR).
  71


  ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. : B3GW?
THERE ARE   8893 KEYS OF THS INOICAT=0 TY?E
MATCHING TH£ SEARCH CRITERIA ARE :
    1 - BROWN, ANTHONY WILLIAM ALJRIOGE

    1 - BROUN, 3RAOFCSD E.
    1 - BROWN, C. M.

    2 - BROWN, CLARA 0.
    4)  To limit the frequency  count  by  number of term occurrences, type [>]
        Numeral[?](CR).   The  list will contain only those terms occurring more
        than Numeral  times.
                                     31

-------
   71

   ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. : >5?
 THERE ARE   3398 KEYS OF THE INDICATED  TYPE
 MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA IRE :
     9 - ABBOTT, ROBERT TUCKER
     6 - ALEXANDER* M.
    48 - ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION FOR  SCIENTIFIC  RESEARCH
     5)  To generate a frequency count  of  every  occurrence  of  a specific
         character sequence,  type [=]Uord  Fragment[?](CR).
   21

   ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTrt.  :  a
 THERE ARE   8972 KEYS OF  THE  INDICATED  TYPE
 MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA  IRS  :
     1 - BROWN, ANTHONY  WILLIAM  4LORIDGE
     1 - BROWN. 3R4QFORO =.
     1 - BROWN, C. M.
     1 - BROWN, V. K.
     2 - OUBROM, OAVIO L.
     1 - HftRVEY, ETHcL NICHOLSON (3ROWNE)
     1 - TELEDYN: 3ROWN  ENGINEERING,  H'JNTSVILL:.  AL
     1 - ZIBROWIUS» HELMUT  W.
     6)  To generate a frequency count  of  fragments  contained  in a Boolean
         expression, type [=]Boo1ean Expression[?](CR).
   71

   ENTER AUTHGR/CORP.AUTH.  :  =8ROWNE£H4RVEY?
 THERE ARE   8898 KEYS  OF  THE  INDICATED  TYPE
 MATCHING THE  SEARCH CRITERIA  4R£  :
     1 - HARVEY, =THcL  NICHOLSON  (3ROWNE)
Commands can also be combined in  a  statement.  The  syntax  for doing this is
always !/=/Character Sequence/>Numeral/?.   The ?  is mandatory to  generate a
frequency count; the other commands are  optional, but must be entered in this
order.  For example, the expression !=OXID>1? generates a  list of all terms
                                       32

-------
entered since the last database restructure which  contain the fragment "oxid"
and occur more than once.
   ENTER SUBJECT : I=OXIO>1?
 THERE ARE   8782 KEYS OF THE INDICATED TYPE
 MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA ARE :
     3 - OXIDE
     3 - OXIOANT
     2 - OXIOATIVE
After completing the requested list,  the  system will  return to the menu display,

3.12  Deleting Records

The pound sign is used to permanently delete  records  from a database.  It is
entered following the ENTER ACTION  CODE prompt and is effective immediately.

To execute this command,  type [#](CR).
 CTITLE3  PESTICIDE  CHEMISTRY   CAUTHORSJ PLIMMER,  JACK R.  CCORP AUTH(0)3
 AMERICAN CHEMICAL  SOCIETY   CCATE3  1983  CSHELF *J S8951.P393 1933

 ENTER  ACTION  CODE  :  *
The system will  return to the menu  display.

3.13  Signing-off

Two methods are used to sign-off library  systems:   selecting Option 10 from the
menu or entering an asterisk command  at the menu  level.

To sign-off, type [10](CR) or [*](CR).

The system will  display the following sign-off messages.
 JOB467  —  STOP

 14:40:30  SIZE: 32K  CPU: 1:13:05  STATUS: SUCCESS
 LOGO
 USER LIBRAL  UIC C320t30J TT03: 14:40:30  5-J4N-84
 CONNECT TIME 09 M  SYSTEM UTILIZATION 1*0 MCTS
 BYE
 USER LOGGED OFF ON 05-JAN-84 AT 14:40:32
 SYSTEM UTILIZATION   140 MEGA-COfic-TICKS
 CONNECT TIME  0:30
 TOTAL SESSION CHARGES        So.60
                                       33

-------
 4.   LIBRARY  HOLDINGS SYSTEM

 This chapter provides  information specific to the Library Holdings System.  For
 a detailed description of the procedures used to operate all EPALIT library
 systems,  refer  to Chapter 3.

 4.1   Content of the Library Holdings System

 The  Library  Holdings System is an on-line catalog of the library's conventional
 materials:   books, serials, documents, dissertations, etc.  Each record in the
 system  represents a single item in the collection.  Records consist of the same
 cataloging and  classification data found in a standard card catalog as well as
 acquisition,  circulation, and shelf list information.

 Author, title,  and subjects indices are produced regularly.  The author and
 subject indices contain title and shelf number information only.  The title
 index contains  complete bibliographic citations.  SEE references are provided
 for  all alternate titles, conferences, series, and translations.  Extraneous
 and  confidential information, such as purchase order number and borrower name,
 is not  included.  A separate title index to the journal collection is also
 generated and includes holdings information.

 4.2.  Signing-on

 The  Library  Holdings System can be operated in three authorization modes:
 FULL, DELAYED POSTING, or RESTRICTED.  The sign-on procedure used determines in
 which mode the  system will operate.

 4.2.1  Full Mode

 This is the  system's standard operating mode. It offers the full range of system
 capabilities:   record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion.   All  facets
 of a transaction occur interactively and are reflected immediately in both the
 record itself and the key files referring to it.  Although system response time
 may  be slow, particularly during modification transactions, this mode must be
 used when immediate retrievability is required.  To activate the system in FULL
 mode, enter the following sequence of identification codes.

     [LIBR](CR)
     Password(CR)
     Account ID(CR)
     L^LIBRALJ(CR)
     [LBALjTerminal  ID(CR)*
     Terminal Type(CR)**

 4.2.2  DELAYED POSTING Mode

 This mode was developed to offer the same capabilities as FULL mode,  but  with
 improved system response time as the posting of input and modification
transactions to key  files is delayed until  the database is restructured.   This
mode should not  be  used when immediate retrievability is required.   To activate
the system in DELAYED POSTING mode,  enter the following sequence of  identifica-
tion codes.
                                       34

-------
     [LIBRAL](CR)
     Password(CR)
     [ERLGA3J(CR)
     [@LIBRAL](CR)
     [SPDYjTerminal  ID(CR)*
     Terminal Type(CR)**

4.2.3  RESTRICTED Mode

This mode is reserved for patron  use.   It  allows  record  retrieval, but does not
permit any input, modification, or deletion  of  database  content.  Search
transactions are limited to the author,  subject,  title,  shelf number, and
composite key files.  The borrower name  file is closed and all borrower
information is suppressed when records  are displayed.  The full text of the
database is not available for searching.   To activate the system in RESTRICTED
mode, enter the following sequence of  identification codes.

     [LIBR](CR)
     Password(CR)
     [ERLGA3J(CR)
     [eLIBR](CR)
     [LIBR]Terminal  ID(CR)*
     Terminal Type(CR)**

 * = two character numeric  code displayed  to the  screen  during sign-on.
** = one character numeric  code indicating the  type of terminal being used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC  VT52 [1], or  generic scrolling device [0],

4.3  System Menu

When the Library Holdings System  is activated in  FULL or DELAYED POSTING modes,
the following option menu is displayed.
                        LIBRARY HOLDINGS SYSTEM
 00  YOU  WISH  TO
 SEARCH  FOR A DOCUMENT BY:

 Oi:  AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.
 02:  SUBJECT
 03:  TITLE/SERIES
 0*:  BORROWER'S  NAME
 05:  SHELF *
                             OR
                                         06:  ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE SYSTEM
                                         07:  SEARCH 8Y RECORD FRAGMENT
                                         08:  SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
                                         09:
                                         10:  TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
When it is activated in RESTRICTED  mode,  an  edited  version  of the menu is offered,
                        LIBRARY  HOLDINGS  SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT  BY:
                            OR
    AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.
    SUBJECT
    TITLE/SERIES
01
02
03
Ot:
os: CALL *
06:
OT:
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
                                       35

-------
Transactions should be Initiated,  executed, and terminated using the procedures
described In Chapter 3.

4.4  Item Record

A record 1n the Library Holdings System currently  consists of twenty-one
Information fields.  A field may contain a single  data element, multiple
elements of equal value, or it may be void.   To ensure retr1evab111ty, it Is
Important to complete as many fields  as are applicable, particularly those
contained In key files.  The basic characteristics of each field, including
search status and entry format, are described below.  Unless otherwise Indicated,
closing punctuation is always omitted when entering data.

*** = key field

4.4.1  SHELF »***

The shelf number field contains the item's Library of Congress classification
number or some other standard identification  code, such as an EPA report number
or locally assigned Identifier.  This field is directly searchable under Key
File 5.
 ENTER SHELF
 ENTER SHELF
 ENTER SHELF
 ENTER SHELF
 ENTER SHELF
 ENTER SHELF
ON ORDER 83-12-08
GC111.2.R542
PcRIOOICALX
DCS CONF-811060-1
DISSERTATION ABLE
EPA-600/3-79-086
4.4.2  DATE

This field contains the item's copyright  date  or  date  of  publication.
not directly searchable.
                                                      It is
 ENTER DATE :  1983
 ENTER DATE :  1969-1970
4.4.3  TITLE***

This field contains the item's full  title,  exclusive  of  all  initial articles
(A, An, The).  Internal punctuation  and  spacing  should be  duplicated.  The
title field can be searched directly under  Key File 3.
 ENTER  TITLE  :  COMMERCIAL SHRIMPS OF THE NORTHEAST COAST OF FLORIDA
 ENTER  TITLE  :  DEVELOPMENTS IN MARINE 8IOLOGYS V. 2
 ENTER  TITLE  :  EFFECTIVE WRITING FOR ENGINEERS - MANAGERS - SCIENTISTS
 ENTER  TITLE  :  INITIAL SCIENTIFIC AND MINIECONOMIC REVIEW:  PROPANIL
                                       36

-------
4.4.4  AUTHORS***

This field contains the names  of all  personal  authors  or editors.  Multiple
names should be entered in citation order,  primary author first, with double
slash marks separating each full name.   Entry  format is last name, comma, space,
first name, space, middle initial, period or some logical variation.  Periods
are typed after all initials and abbreviations,  but not after names.  This
field can be searched directly under  Key File  1.
 ENTER AUTHORS :  NERRIHAN, DANIEL
 ENTER AUTHORS :  FARRELL* DOUGLAS H.
 ENTER AUTHORS :  UlNGEt R. K.//PETERSON, V. J.//FASSSLt  V.  A.
 ENTER AUTHORS :  BOOKHOUT, CAZLYN GREER//COSTLOW, JOHN 0.,  JR.
4.4.5  CORP AUTH(U)***

This field contains the names of all  organizations  responsible  for the authorship
of an item.  Names should be entered  in  citation  order with double slash marks
separating multiple entries.  All  internal  punctuation and spacing should be
duplicated.  This field is directly searchable  under Key  File 1.
 ENTER CORP AUTH(O) : UNITED STATES.  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
4.4.6  CORP AUTH(S)***

This field contains the name of an item's  sponsoring agency.   All  Internal
punctuation and spacing should be duplicated.   This  field  is  directly searchable
under Key File 1.
 ENTER CORP AUTHCS) : ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION  FOR  SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH
4.4.7  ALT TITLE***

This field contains the item's alternate title.   Initial  articles  should be
omitted.  It can be searched directly under Key  File  3.
 ENTER ALT TITLE : NOAA  TECHNICAL  REPORT NMFS SSRF-742
4.4.8 SERIES***

This field contains the item's series statement.   It  is  directly  searchable
under Key File 3.
 ENTER SERIES : PESTICIDE STUOT SERIES;  NO.  10
                                       37

-------
4.4.9  NOTES

This field contains information  which  in  some way describes the item or
facilitates its use.   Its  discrete  elelments should be punctuated with closing
periods.  This field can not be  searched  directly.
 ENTER NOTES
 ESTER NOTES
 ENTER NOTES
 ENTER NOTES
 ENTER NOTES
 ENTER NOTES
 ENTER NOTES
 ENTER NOTES
LIBRARY HAS VOLS. 7-12 U97*-19m 3N MIC30=HM
LIB3A3Y HAS VOLS. 112
ECO.OGI:AL DISCJSSIDN OF THE SPDNSES QF BERMUDA
THIS IS LOCATED IN THE -4ICR3FICHE CJBINET
ANN3TATED PrlYLETIC ;ATA'_OGUE AN) 8ULIOJRAP1Y: ». 2)3-5)6
LIBRARY HAS UP04TE ISSUES ON .IKROFICHE
LIBRARY HAS 2 CDPIES
THIS IS H3USEO IN TIE ATLAS STA<40
                ***
4.4.10  SUBJECTS

This field contains all  subject  headings  assigned to an item.  Multiple entries
should be separated with double  slash  marks.  Subject headings are directly
searchable under Key File 2.
 ENTER  SUBJECTS :  'HNTS, 3RNA>4ENT4L —NORT H CAROLINA
 ENTER  SUBJECTS :  »GUA:ULTJRt
 ENTER  SUBJECTS :  'ROC ESSI3AE//SHR IMPS — AT.A.NT tC OIEAN
 EMTER  SUBJECTS :  ECOL 3GY--MAT-1EMA TICAL MO 3ELS'/ELECTR3NIC DAT* PRJCESSIMG
4.4.11  PUBR

This field contains the name of an item's  publishing  agency.   It can not be
searched directly.
 ENTER PUBS : ACADEMIC PRESS
 ENTER PUB? : JNIT;0 STATES PHlRMAlQPEIAL  :ONV:NfI3Ni  INC
4.4.12  PLACE

This field contains the city and state address  of  the  publishing agency.  It
can not be searched directly.
 ENTER PLA3E : RJC 
-------
4.4.14  ISBN/ISSN

This field contains the item's International  Standard Book  or Serial  Number.
It is not directly searchable and does not appear in  the printed  indices.
 ENTER ISBN/ISSN : 0-8352-1358-7
4.4.15  LC »

This field contains the item's Library of Congress  card number.   It  can  not  be
searched directly and does not appear in the printed  indices.
 ENTER LC * : 33-3581
4.4.16 E£

This field contains the item's edition statement.   It  is  not  directly  searchable,
 ENTER EO : 34TH
4.4.17  PURCHASE ORDER
This field contains the item's purchase order number.   It  is  not  directly
searchable and does not appear in the printed indices.
 ENTER PURCHASE ORDER * : *G798*NASA
4.4.18  STATUS

This field is not part of the initial  prompting list  for creating  a  record,  but
can be added to an existing record with the input  modification  procedure
described in Section 3.10.1.  It is used to indicate  that an item  is  missing
from the collection.  It is not directly searchable.
 ENTER STATUS : HISSING
4.4.19  BORROWER'S NAME***

This field is added to an existing record through  the  Circulation  Subsystem.
Its contents are not available for searching  or  viewing when  the system  is  in
RESTRICTED mode, but can be searched directly under Key File  4  in  FULL and
DELAYED POSTING modes.  Borrower information  does  not  appear  in the  printed
indices.
                                       39

-------
4.4.20  STATUS CODE

This field is added to an existing record through  the  Circulation Subsystem.
It is used to indicate borrower status.   It  is  not directly  searchable and does
not appear in records retrieved through  the  Library Holdings System  or in the
printed indices.

4.4.21  CHECK-OUT DATE

This field is added to an existing record through  the  Circulation Subsystem.
It is not directly searchable and does not appear  in records retrieved through
the Library Holdings System or in the printed indices.

4.5  Record Input

When Option 6 is selected from the menu, the system displays the following
input prompts.  The procedures described in  Section 3.8  and  the constraints
implied by the field descriptions in Section 4.4 should  be used to complete
this prompting list.
 NEW RECORD

 ENTER SHELF  *  :
 ENTER DATE :
 ENTER TITLE  :
 ENTER AUTHORS  :
 ENTER CORP AUTH(O)  :
 ENTER CORP AUTH(S)  :
 ENTER ALT TITLE  :
 ENTER SERIES  :
 ENTER NOTES  :
 ENTER SUBJECTS  :
 ENTER PU8R :
 ENTER PLACE  :
 ENTER PRICE  :
 ENTER ISBN/ISSN  :
 ENTER LC « :
 ENTER EO :
 ENTER PURCHASE  ORDER  *
As items are ordered, preliminary records  are added  to  the  system.  These
records are usually incomplete, containing only  title,  author,  publisher, date,
price, purchase order number,  notes,  and a temporary shelf  number.  The shelf
number consists of the prefix  "ON ORDER" followed  by the  order  date in YY-MM-OD
format.  It is used to generate acquisition reports  in  date of  order sequence.
These preliminary records appear in both the title and  author indices, interfiled
with the regular entries.  They are completed as items  are  received and processed.

4.6  Sample Records

The following samples represent records  available  in the  Library  Holdings
System.  They illustrate the format in which data  elements  are  entered and
displayed on-line.  When reports are  generated,  the  system  re-formats these
records to comply with standard citation guidelines  or  some other criteria.
                                       40

-------
4.6.1  Item on Order
 CTITLEJ DRILLING DISCHARGES IN THS MARINE ENVIRONMENT  CCORP AUTN(0)1
 NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL (U.S.)  CPU8R3 NATIONAL ACADEMY PRESS  CPLACEJ
 WASHINGTON, OC  COATE3 1983  CPRICED 14.95  CSHELF »3 ON ORDER 83-12-08
4.6.2  Book
 CTITLEJ SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION OF THE MOINIOAE  CAUTHORS3 GOULOEN,
 CLYDE E.  CPUBRJ AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY  CPLACE1 PHILADELPHIA* PA
 COATEJ 1968  [PRICE! 1.50  CLC O 68-54558  CSERIES3 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL
 SOCIETY* PHILADELPHIA. TRANSACTIONS, NEU SER.«  V. 58, PT. 6  CSHELF <3
 Q11.GT3  CSUBJECTS3 MOINIOAE//MOINA
4.6.3  Journal
 CTITLEJ AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS  CPU8RJ INDUSTRY  PU6.  INC   CPL*CE3  CEDAR
 GROVE,  NJ  COATE3  1946,  VOL.  1—  CIS8N/ISSND  0096-6681   CNOTESJ LIBRARY  HAS
 VOL. 15 (1960)  TO  VOL.  27 (1972) ON MICROFILM; VOL.  28  (1973)  IS PAPER COPY.
 THE TITLE CHANGED  TO FARM CHEMICALS.  SEE  LISTING UNDER FARM CHEMICALS FOR
 ADDITIONAL HOLDINGS   CSHELF »J PERIOOICALX
4.6.4  Document
 CTITLE3 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY RESEARCH:  FIRST ANNUAL REPORT  CAUTHORSJ
 LERMAN, SHIMSHQN,  ET AL  CCORP AUTH(0)D UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA,  IRVINE
 CCORP AUTH(S)J UNITED STATES. AEROSPACE MEDICAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, WRIGHT-
 PATTERSON AIR FORCE BASE, OH  CPUBR] NTIS  CPLACEJ SPRINGFIELD,  VA  COATE3
 1975  CISBN/ISSN3  AO-A011 558  CS5RIES3 AMRL-TR-74-82  CSHELF *3 DCS AD-A011
 558  CSUBJECTS3 RJ 4//RJ 5//JP 4
4.6.5  Dissertation
 CTITLEJ  SOME  FACTORS  INFLUENCING  PENETRATION  INTO  RIVERS  BY  FISHES  OF  THE
 GENUS  YPRINOOON   CAUTHORS3  MARTIN,  FLOYD  DOUGLAS   CCORP AUTH(0)3  UNIVERSITY
 OF  TEXAS AT  AUSTIN  CPUBR3  UNIVERSITY  MICROFILMS   CPLACE3 ANN  ARBOR, MI
 COATED 1968   CSHSLF »3  DISSERTATION MARTIN  CSUBJECTS3 KILLIFISHES
4.6.6  EPA Report
 CTITLEJ  REVIEWS  OF  THE  ENVIRONMENTAL  EFFECTS  OF  POLLUTANTS:   III.  CHROMIUM
 [AUTHORS}  TOHILL, LEIGH E.,  ET  AL   CCORP  AUTH(O)}  OAK  RIDGE  NATIONAL
 LABORATORY,  OAK  RIOGE*  TN   CCORP AUTH(S)3 UNITED STATES.  ENVIRONMENTAL
 PROTECTION AGENCY,  CINCINNATI,  OH   COATE3 1977   CSERIESJ  EPA-600/1-78-023
 CSHELF «3  EPA-600/1-79-023   CSUBJECTS3  CHROMIUM
                                      41

-------
4.7  Sample Searches

Records can be retrieved from  the Library Holdings System using any of the
methods described in Section 3.9.  The following samples illustrate how various
types of searches might be  executed.

4.7.1  Key File Searches

Designated key fields can be searched directly through the system's five key
file options.  Searches should be executed by selecting the appropriate option
number from the menu and entering the requested search statement.

Truncated Multi-Word Prefix Search in the AUTHOR/CORP. AUTH. File
   ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.  :  MARTIN MARIET

 CTXTLE3 ENVIRONMENTAL ATLAS  CF THE POTONflC ESTUARY  CAUTHORS3 LIPPSON, ALICE
 J.t  ET AL  CCORP AUTHCO>3  MARTIN MARIETTA CORPORATION. ENVIRONMENTAL
 CENTER//MARYLANO. POWER PLANT SITING PROGRAM  COATE3 1979  CPRICE3 19.00
 CSHELP i3 G1247.P6D1M3 1979   CSUBJECTS3 POTOMAC RIVER ESTUARY—MAPS//
 ESTUARXNE ECOLOGY — POTOMAC RIVER 5STUARY//LAND USE—PLANNING—POTOMAC RIVER
Record Fragment Search in the SUBJECTS File
   ENTER  SUBJECT  :  PHEN-

 CTITLE3  AMBIENT  MATER  QUALITY  CRITERIA  FOR  2,4-OlMSTHYLPHENOL  CCORP AUTH(0>3
 UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY.  OFFICE  OF  MATER REGULATIONS
 AND STANDARDS  COATE3  1980  CSERIES3  EPA-440/S-80-044   CSHELF *3 EPA-440/
 5-80-044 CSUBJECTS3 2f4-OIMETMYLPHENOL//MATER QUALITY  CRITERIA—2,4-
 OIMETHVLPHENOL
Boolean Search in the TITLE/SERIES File
   ENTER  TITLE/SERIES  i  »CARCINOGENtONA

 CTITLE3  CHEMICAL  CARCINOGENS ANO ONA  CAUTHORS3 GROVERt PHILIP L.  CPUBR3
 CRC  PRESSt  INC  CPLACE3 BOCA RATON.  FL  COATEJ 1979  CPRICE] 76.SO  CISSN/
 ISSN]  0-8493-5303-3   CNOTES1 2 VOLS.  CSHSLF «D RC268.6.C49 VOL. I
 CSUBJECTS3  CARCINOGENS//OEOXYRI30NUCLEIC ACIO  CBORROMER'S NAME] SCHQOR M I
 CPURCHASE ORDER »1  3G5534NBSA
Multi-Word Prefix Search  in the BORROWER'S NAME File
   ENTER  BORRQMER'S  NAME  :  OUKE  TOM

 CTITLE3  ACIO  RAIN BIBLIOGRAPHY   CAUTHQRS3  SAYERSt  CHARLENE S.   CCORP AUTH(0)J
 UNITED STATES.  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY,  OFFICE OF LIBRARY SYSTEMS
 ANO  SERVICES* WASHINGTON,  DC  COATEJ  1982   CSERIES3 EPA-840/82-019  CSHELF *3
 EPA-840/82-019   CSU6JECTS3 ACID RAIN—BIBLIOGRAPHY  CBORROMER'S NAME?
 OUKE  TOM
                                      42

-------
Single Uord Prefix Search  in  the SHELF I File
   ENTER SHELF « :  RA1270.P4E34

 CTITLE3 EFFECTS OF CHRONIC EXPOSURES TO PESTICIDES ON ANIMAL SYSTEMS
 CAUTHORS3 CHAMBERS, JANICE E.//YAR8ROUGH, JAMES 0.  CPUBR3 RAVEN PRESS
 CPLACEJ NEW YORK  COATE1 1982  CPRICE3 5S.OO  CISBN/ISSNJ 0-89004-756-1
 CLC «3 81-40894  CSHELF O RA1270.P4E34  CSU8J5CTS3 PESTICIDES—TOXICOLOGY
 CBORROWER'S NAME]  MCKENNEV CHUCK
4.7.2  Key Contents Analysis  Search

This type of search allows you to examine a concatenation of the five key files
using a Boolean expression qf word fragments you expect to encounter in different
files or subfiles.   It  is extremely time-consuming in the Library Holdings
System due to the size  of the database.  To execute this search, select Option
8 from the menu and enter the requested search statement.
   78

   ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -

   BROWNtMICROORGANISMt-LOUJSIANA


 CTITLE2 DECOMPOSITION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS BY MARINE MICROORGANISMS
 CAUTHORS3 BROWNt SIDNEY 0.  CCORP AUTHCO)J TEXAS A £ M RESEARCH FOUNDATION
 COATEJ 1950  CSERIES3 TEXAS ACM RESEARCH FOUNDATION PROJECT NINE  CSHELF
 *J QL3.T49B7  CSU8J6CTSJ MICROORGANISMS
4.7.3  Record Fragment  Search

This type of search allows you to examine the full text of the database for the
occurrence of a specific  character sequence.  It is controlled by one of the
five key files.  It is  executed  by selecting Option 7 from the menu and entering
the requested search statements.
   ?7

   ENTER THE  RECORD FRAGMENT : ENZYME
   WHICH QF THE  5  KEY SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SEARCH Cl-5) 71

   ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.  : QUASTEL


 CTITLEJ METABOLIC INHIBITORS; A COMPREHENSIVE TREATISE  CAUTHORS3 HOCHSTERt
 R.  M.//QUASTEL,  JUOA HIRSCH  CPUBR3 ACADEMIC PRESS  CPLACE1 NEW YORK  COATE3
 1963   CPRICE3  78.00  CLC «3 63-12924 REV  CSHcLF «D QP601.H6S VOL. 2
 CSUBJECTS3 ENZYME INHIBITORS
                                      43

-------
4.8  Signing-off

To exit the Library Holdings System, select Option 10 from the system menu  or
enter an asterisk command at the menu level.  The  session  will  be terminated
and the system will display a sign-off message.

4.9  Circulation Subsystem

The Circulation Subsystem is used to add the following information  to records
in the Library Holdings System:   borrower's name,  status,  and  check-out date.
It maintains a current file of items in circulation based  on this information.
Printouts listing circulating items by title and borrower  are  produced regularly.
Reports on individual borrowers  are generated as needed.   A comprehensive
circulation profile is also available for every  item in the collection.   It
includes the names of all borrowers, the dates checked out and in,  and the
number of times circulated.

4.9.1  Signing-on

The Circulation Subsystem operates in a DELAYED  POSTING mode.   To sign-on,
enter the following sequence of  identification codes.

     [CIRCAL](CR)
     Password(CR)
     [ERLGA3J(CR)
     [@CIRC](CR)

4.9.2  Record Retrieval
The Circulation Subsystem is not menu-driven.   Following sign-on,  it  immediately
requests that you ENTER THE SHELF NUMBER.   To  retrieve  a specific  record, the
shelf number must be entered exactly as it appears  in the Library  Holdings
System.  A nonspecific search term may retrieve multiple records.
 ENTER THE SHELF NUMBER -  Q11.673
4.9.3  Record Display

Records retrieved from the Library Holdings  System display  only  information
which is pertinent to the circulation function.   For items  not currently in
circulation, this information consists of the shelf number,  title,  and author
fields.
                                 LIBRARY HOLDING

 SHELF NUMBER -  Q01.A35S  NO.  104

         PESTICIDES  IDENTIFICATION  AT THE RESIDUE LEVEL:  A SYMPOSIUM

           BIROSt  FRANCIS J.

 00 YOU WISH TO  CHECK-OUTCO)  CR  RETURN(l) THE BOOK ?
                                       44

-------
For circulating items, borrower information  is  also  displayed.
                                 LIBRARY  HOLDING

 SHELF NUMBER - QH1.P27

         DIATOMS OF THE UNITED STATES*  EXCLUSIVE  OF  ALASKA AND HAWAII

           PATRICK, RUTH
           REIMERt CHARLES M.

                   CLARK JIM

              0

                 82-04-06

 00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR  RETURN(l) THE  300K  ?
4.9.4  Item Check-out

To indicate that an item has been checked-out,  select  Option  0  and enter the
requested data.  Borrower name is entered  in  last  name,  space,  first name
format.  Status code has been designated 0 for  all  laboratory personnel and 1
for all interlibrary loans.  Check-out  date is  entered in  YY-MM-DD format.
This information is added to the record and the ENTER  THE  SHELF NUMBER prompt
is repeated.  The system will not accept a response  of 0 when the item retrieved
is already checked-out.
 00  YOU  WISH  TO  CHECK-OUTCO)  OR  RETURNC1) THE 900K ? 0

 ENTER THE BORROWER'S  NAME  -  CLARK JIM
 ENTER THE BORROWER'S  STATUS  CODE - 0
 ENTER THE CHECK-OUT DATE - 83-12-08
4.9.5  Item Check-In

To indicate that an item has been returned,  select  Option  1.   All  borrower
information is removed from view, but  is  preserved  as  part  of  the  item's
circulation profile.  The system will  not allow you to check-in  an item that is
not currently in circulation.
 00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1)  THE  900K  ?  1
4.9.6  Requesting Circulation Profile

Although the system does not display  this  option, you  may  view an item's
circulation profile by entering a  2  in  response  to  the check-out/in prompt.  If
the item has never been checked out  and no profile  exists,  the system will
simply repeat the prompt.  If the  item  has circulated, the  system will display
the names of all  borrowers,  the dates checked  out and  in, and the number of
times the item has circulated.  The  check-out/in prompt will then be repeated.
                                       45

-------
 DO rOU WISH TO CHECK-OUT(O) OR RETURNC1) THg BOOK  ? 2
                    LEFCOURT PAUL
                    0
                    33-06-09
                    12-14-83
4.9.7  Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem

The asterisk command  should be used to return to the ENTER THE SHELF  NUMBER
prompt from a record  display.and to exit the system entirely.
 00 YOU WISH TO CMSCK-OUTCO) CR RETURN<1> THE 300K ? *

 ENTER THE SHELF NUMBER - *
 09:51254  SIZE: 28K  CPU: 0.93  STATUS: SUCCESS
 LOGO
 USER CXRC  UIC C320.303 TT03: 09:51:54 19-JAN-8*
 CONNECT TIME 00 M  SYSTEM UTILIZATION 2 MCTS

 BYE

 USER LOGGED OFF ON 19-JAN-84 AT 09:51:59
 SYSTEM UTILIZATIB'4     2 NcGA-CORS-TICKS
 CONNECT TIME  0:01
 TOTAL SESSION CHARGES        SO.10
                                      46

-------
5.  CONTRIBUTION SYSTEM (IN-HOUSE/EXTRAMURAL PUBLICATIONS)

This chapter provides Information specific to the Contribution System.  For an
explanation of the procedures used to operate all EPALIT library systems,  refer
to chapter 3.

5.1  Content of the Contribution System

The Contribution System is an on-line catalog of all  of the laboratory's in-
house and extramural research reports.  It contains journal articles, book
chapters, EPA reports, project summaries, conference proceedings, published
abstracts, speeches, and all other laboratory sponsored publications.  It  also
includes reports produced for laboratory use only and items still in preparation
or in press.  Each record in the system represents a single item in the collection
and consists of a bibliographic citation, various identification numbers,  and, when
available, an abstract.  Directories, index reports,  and keyword analytical
reports are produced from this system.

Directories are generated for public distribution and are the most formal
product of the Contribution System.  They range in content from a cumulative
listing of every item in the collection to a selective listing of publications
chosen on the basis of individual author, grant number, etc.  Records are
arranged in standard citation format and may or may not contain abstracts.  The
contribution number is provided, but all other identification numbers are
omitted.  Citations are usually grouped by publication year and/or primary
author, but may be organized in any significant alphanumeric sequence.  There
can also be multiple levels of organization in a directory; for example,
citations may be grouped by publication year and then by primary author within
each year.  Citations are usually indexed by author and title keyword with
additional indices provided as needed.  Abstracts can be indexed if comprehensive
subject retrieval is desired; it is not necessary that abstracts actually  appear
in the directory in order to produce this index.  Directory pages are numbered
and a table of contents issued to facilitate usage.  Several methods are used
to retrieve records for inclusion in a directory.  General listings are compiled
and arranged by publication year.  Post-1970 publications must be retrieved by
individual year; pre-1970 publications can be retrieved in a block using the
character code "@".  Special interest directories are derived from keyword
analyses of such critical  fields as author, grant number, and title or manually
compiled using a list of terms with record identifiers.

Nine routine index reports are produced for in-house use:  author, title,
journal, publication year, contribution number, grant number, laboratory project
number, EPA report number, and CAS registry number.  Each index contains
citations and identification numbers, but abstracts appear in the title index
only.  In addition to these routine reports, special  indices to database
subsets can also be generated.  These subsets are defined by any term or
combination of terms located in a key file.  Indices  are arranged in the
alphanumeric sequence of the key file in which they are produced.

Keyword analysis is used to generate a number of reports from the Contribution
System.  Briefly, these analytical reports derive from the system's ability to
extract terms from the database and to determine their significance on the
basis of pre-established criteria.  An identification field, in this case


                                  (March 1984)

                                       47

-------
contribution number, is usually named to relate terms to the records from which
they are extracted.   Analyses may be run against complete records  or only a
certain field or fields, against the entire database or specific subsets.
Fields selected for analysis are stripped of all syntax and the remaining terms
compared to either a stop-list of trivial terms of a go-list of nontrivial
terms.  Five report formats are available:   term frequency count,  term with
record identifier, keyword-in-context, keyword-out-of-context,  and sentence
ranking.  In the Contribution System, analyses are run in the title and/or
abstract fields because these exhibit the highest ratio of nontrivial  to trivial
terms.  Three routine reports are generated from analyses of these fields.   A
term frequency count used primarily as a source of initial input to the thesaurus
database; a list of terms with record indentifiers used to locate spelling
errors, to determine collection depth in specific subject areas, to compile
special interest directories, and to develop stop- and go-lists to drive other
analyses; a keyword-out-of-context index used as a subject guide to the
collection.  Special reports generated from defined database subsets include an
abstract concordance which displays a full  paragraph of surrounding text and a
sentence ranking report which lists sentences in either descending or ascending
order of significance.  The abstract concordance provides exhaustive indexing
of the selected record set and is also used to determine the context of term
usage among related publications.  The sentence ranking report  is the result of
an evaluation of sentences in the abstract field using four objective measures:
aggregate character length of nontrivial terms, aggregate character length of
all terms, number of nontrivial terms, and sentence position.  It can be used
to summarize the essential content of a group of publications (descending
order) or to edit extraneous material (ascending order).  The concept of keyword
analysis is treated more fully in Section 2.5.

5.2.  Signing-on

The Contribution System operates in two authorization modes:  FULL and DELAYED
POSTING.  The sign-on procedure used determines in which mode the system will
operate.

5.2.1  FULL Mode

This is the system's standard operating mode.  It offers the full  range of
system capabilities:  record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion.   All
facets of a transaction occur interactively and are immediately posted to the
record and the key files.  Although system response time may be slow,  particularly
during modification transactions, this mode must be used when immediate
retrievability is required.  To activate the system in FULL mode, enter the
following sequence of identification codes.

     [ERL6](CR)
     Password(CR)
     Account ID(CR)
     [(3UORKJ(CR)
     [ERLGjTerminal  ID(CR)*
     Terminal Type(CR)**
                                       48

-------
b.2.2  DELAYED POSTING Mode

This mode was developed to offer the same capabilities  as  FULL  mode,  but with
improved system response time.  Because input  and  modification  transactions are
not posted to the key files until the database is  restructured, this  mode  should
not be used when immediate retrievability is  required.   To activate the system
in DELAYED POSTING mode, enter the following  sequence of identification codes.

     [ERLGAL](CR)
     Password(CR)
     [ERLGA3J(CR)
     [C€RLG](CR)
     [ERLGTTerminal ID(CR)*
     Terminal Type(CR)**

*  = two character numeric code displayed to  the screen during  sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type  of  terminal being used:
hardcopy [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].

5.3  System Menu

The following option menu is displayed when the system  is  activated in either
FULL or DELAYED POSTING mode.
                         ERLGB  CONTRIBUTION SYSTEM
 00 YOU WISH  TO
 SEARCH FOR A  DOCUMENT  8Y:
                              OR
 01: AUTHOR/YEAR                          06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
 02: EPA REPORT NO/PROJECT  NO/CAS NO     07! SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
 03: TITLE                                08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
 04: GRANT NO/JOURNAL/ORAFT 10 *         09:
 05: CONTRIBUTION  NO                      10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated,  executed,  and terminated  using the procedures
described in Chapter 3.

5.4  Item Record

A record in the Contribution System is  currently composed of  twenty information
fields.  A field may contain a single data element,  multiple  elements of equal
value, or it may be void.   To ensure retrievability,  complete as many fields as
are applicable, particularly those contained in key  files.  The basic
characteristics of each field, including entry  format and search status, are
given below.  Unless otherwise indicated, always omit closing punctuation when
entering data.

*** = key field

5.4.1  AUTHOR***

This field contains the names of all personal or corporate  authors.  Entry
format is last name, comma, space, first name,  space, middle  initial, period
                                       49

-------
or some logical  variation.   Periods  should be typed after all initials and
abbreviations, but not  after names.  Multiple names should be entered in
citation order,  primary author  first, with double slash marks separating each
full name.  This field  can  be searched directly under Key File 1.
 ENTER AUTHOR
 ENTER AUTHOR
 ENTER AUTHOR
 ENTER AUTHOR
COUCH, JOHN
MONTI, C.//O'NEILL, E.//AHEARN, 0.
BURTON, DENNIS T.//ROSENK»ANZ, ANN
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, GULF  BREEZE*  CONTRIBUTOR
5.4.2  TITLE***

This field contains the item's  complete title, exclusive of all initial articles
(A, An, The, etc.).  Internal punctuation and spacing should be duplicated.
This field can be searched directly  under Key File 3.
 ENTER TITLE :  OEPER LABORATORY QUARTERLY REPORT, JULY 193? (UNPUBLISHED)
 ENTER TITLE :  SAND FILTRATION/ACTIVATED CARBON TREATMENT SYSTEM
 ENTER TITLE :  OBSERVATIONS OF BACTERIA IN CONTINUOUS CULTURE (ABSTRACT)
 ENTER TITLS :  KEPONE:  EFFECTS ON SHEEPSHEAO MINNOWS (CYPRINOOON  VARIEGATUS)
5.4.3  JOURNAL***

This field contains the title of  the  journal  in which an item appeared.  The
title may be abbreviated using any  standard source, but closing punctuation
should be omitted.   The journal field is directly searchable under Key File 4.
 ENTER JOURNAL
 ENTER JOURNAL
 J. BACTERIOL  •
 APPL. ENVIRON. MICR03IOL
5.4.4  YR***

This field indicates the year in  which  an  item was published.
searched directly under Key  File  1.
                                               It can be
 ENTER YR : 1972
 ENTER VR :  IN PRESS
5.4.5  VOL

This field contains the volume  number  of the journal in which an item appeared.
It is not directly searchable.
 ENTER VOL :  71A
                                       50

-------
5.4.6  ISSUE

This field contains the issue number of the journal  in which an item appeared.
It is not directly searchable.
 ENTER ISSUE :
5.4.7  PAGE NO

This field indicates the number of pages  in an  item.   For  publications within
publications, enter a range of pages.   For separately  published  items, enter
the total number of pages followed by  a space and  the  letter  "P".  This field
is not directly searchable.
 ENTER PAGE NO : 591-598
 ENTER PAGE NO : 15 P
5.4.8  EDITOR

This field contains the names of all  editors.   Entry  format  is  first  name,
space, middle initial, period, space, last  name or  some  logical  variation.
Multiple names should be entered as they appear on  the item;  do not separate
with slash marks.  This field is not  directly  searchable.
 ENTER EDITOR :  J.O. MCKINNSY
 ENTER EDITOR :  ROBERT 1. JOLLEY, WILLIAM A. 9RUNGS,  AND  ROBERT  B.  CUNNING
5.4.9  TITLE1***

This field contains the full  title of the book  or  proceedings  in which an  item
appeared.  Initial  articles should be omitted and  all  internal punctuation and
spacing duplicated.  This field can be searched directly  under Key File 3, but
is not indexed in the printed reports.
 ENTER TITLE1 : ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH CHEMISTRY
 ENTER TITLE1 : PROCEEDINGS OF  THE  BLUE  CRAB  COLLOQUIUM,  BZLOXI, MISSISSIPPI
5.4.10  PUBLISHER

This field contains the name of the publishing  agency  and  the  place of
publication.  It is not directly searchable.
 ENTER PUBLISHER :  ACADEMIC PRESS, NEW YORK, NY
                                       51

-------
                       ***
5.4.11  CONTRIBUTION NO

This field contains the number assigned to an  item as  it is accessioned.  It is
directly searchable under Key  File  5.
 ENTER CONTRIBUTION NO  : 4+3
 ENTER CONTRIBUTION NO  : X307
 ENTER CONTRIBUTION NO  : 170*
5.4.12  GRANT NO***

This field contains the grant number(s)  assigned to  an  item to indicate finan-
cial support by another agency.   Multiple  numbers  should be separated by double
slash marks.  This field can be  searched directly  under Key File 4.
 ENTER GRANT NO : R803U1
 ENTER GRANT NO : NCI//R804527
 ENTER GRANT NO : CR807102//CR806143
5.4.13  LAB PROJECT NO***

This field contains the control  number(s)  assigned to  an  item to  identify the
research project(s) under which  it  was  prepared.  Multiple  numbers should be
separated by double slash marks. This  field  is directly  searchable under Key
File 2.
 ENTER LAB PROJECT NO : Q030
 ENTER LAB PROJECT NO : Q025//C225
5.4.14  EPA REPORT NO***

This field contains the number assigned  to  an  item  published as an EPA report.
It is directly searchable under Key  File 2.
 ENTER sPA REPORT NO  :  EPA-600/S-80-019
 ENTER EPA REPORT NO  !  5PA-600/3-79-111
                                       52

-------
5.4.15  ABSTRACT

This field contains the abstract which accompanies an item.  It is not directly
searchable.
ENTER ABSTRACT : CLOSED CULTURE EXPERIMENTS  SHOWED  THAT  THE  ABILITY  OF  AN  *
ENTER ABSTRACT : ESTUARINE CHEMOLITHQTROPHIC  AMMONIUM-OXIOIZER,  NITROSOMONAS  *
ENTER ABSTRACT : SP.t TO CONVERT AMMONIUM TO  NITRITE WAS SUBSTANTIALLY  *
ENTER ABSTRACT : INCREASED BY AS MUCH  AS 150* AND SO*  WHEN GROWN IN  THE *
ENTER ABSTRACT : PRESENCE OF TWO HETEROTROPHS ISOLATED FROM.  THE  SAME •
ENTER ABSTRACT : ENVIRONMENT.  THE HETEROTROPHS WERE IDENTIFIED  AS NOCAROIA *
ENTER ABSTRACT : ATLANTICA AND PSEUOOMONAS SP.  THE GROWTH OF  THE *
ENTER ABSTRACT : HETEROTROPHS WAS STIMULATED  BY AS  MUCH  AS ONE ORDER OF •
ENTER ABSTRACT : MAGNITUDE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE AMMONIUM-OXIOIZER.
5.4.16  NOTES

This field contains information which  in some way describes the item or
facilitates its use.  Its  discrete elements should be punctuated with closing
periods.  It is not directly  searchable.
ENTER NOTES  : PB32-239013  PC  -A02»  MF-  A01.
ENTER NOTES  : THIRD  ANNUAL  REPORT:   NCI/EPA  COLLABORATIVE  PROGRAM.
ENTER NOTES  : WILL BE  A  REVISED  COPY.
ENTER NOTES  : HAS NOT  3EEN  PUBLISHED AS OF THIS  OATE  (11-17-33).
ENTER NOTES  : TO APPEAR  IN  THE MARCH 1984  EDITION  OF  JOURNAL OF FISH DISEASES.
5.4.17  DRAFT ID »***

This field contains the control  number assigned to an item to track its progress
through the editorial  review  system.  It can be directly searched under Key
File 4.
 ENTER ORAFT ID * : 0*05
5.4.18  PUB TYPE

This field indicates the form in which an item was published.  It is not
directly searchable.
 ENTER PUB TYPE : BOOK CHAPTER
 ENTER PUB TYPE : JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT
5.4.19  DATE CONT # ASSIGNED
This field indicates the date  on which an item received its contribution number.
It is not directly searchable.
 ENTER DATE CONT * ASSIGNED : 81-12
                                      53

-------
5.4.20  CAS #***

This field contains the CAS  registry  number(s) assigned to an item to identify
key substances.  Multiple  numbers  should  be separated  by double slash marks.
This field can be searched directly under Key File 2.
 ENTER  CAS  *  :  CAS:   51630-58-1
 ENTER  CAS  #  :  CAS:   29d-00-0//CAS:  139-13-9//CAS:  100-02-7
5.5  Record Input

When Option 6 is selected from the menu,  the  following  input prompts are offered.
The procedures described in Section 3.8 and the  constraints implied by the
field descriptions in Section 5.4 should  be used to  complete this prompting list,
 NEW RECORD

 ENTER AUTHOR  :
 ENTER TITLE :
 ENTER JOURNAL :
 ENTER YR :
 ENTER VOL :
 ENTER ISSUE :
 cNTER PAGE NO :
 ENTER EDITOR  :
 ENTER TITLE1  :
 ENTER PUBLISHER  :
 ENTER CONTRIBUTION NO  :
 ENTER GRANT NO :
 ENTER LAB PROJECT NO :
 ENTER EPA REPORT NO :
 ENTER ABSTRACT !
 ENTER NOTES :
 ENTER DRAFT 10 # :
 ENTER PUB TYPE :
 ENTER DATE CONT  « ASSIGNED
 ENTER CAS « :
In addition to the standard input  procedures,  special  input  conventions have
been devised to permit variations  in the  content  and  arrangement  of directory
reports.  For example, certain designators  of  publication  type, when placed in
parentheses at the end of the title field,  prevent  the corresponding record
from appearing in directories generated  by  publication year.   The significance
attached to these designators is assigned by computer systems  personnel and may
be altered to meet individual collection  needs.   Unassigned  terms placed in
parentheses at the end of the title field,  such as  species name,  have  no effect.
The designators currently in use are (ABSTRACT),  (BOOK REVIEW), (SPEECH), and
(UNPUBLISHED).  Notes, which are normally omitted from directory  citations, can
be made to appear by suffixing an  asterisk  to  the contribution number  and
enclosing the information in parentheses  at the beginning  of the  notes field.
Both the asterisk and the characters contained in the parentheses will, appear
as part of the citation.   This feature  is used to provide  order information for
                                       54

-------
entered with a single space prefix and  the phrase IN PREP or IN PRESS 1n the
year field; other alphabetic phrases may be substituted, but must be used consis-
tently.  These records are grouped separately in reports generated by publica-
tion year.  They are updated as  the Items are published.

5.6  Sample Records

The following samples represent  records available in the Contribution System.
They Illustrate the format in which data elements are entered and displayed on-
line.  When reports are generated, the  system re-formats these records to
comply with standard citation guidelines or some other criteria.

5.6.1  Item in Preparation or In Press
CAUTHOR] SCHATTEN, GERALO//SIMERLY9 CALVIN//SCHATTSN, HEIOS   CTITLEJ EFFECTS
OF BARIUM SULFATE ON SEA URCHIN FERTILIZATION  AND  EARLY  DEVELOPMENT  CYR]
 IN PRESS  CTITLE1] WASTES IN THE OCEAN, VOLUME  3   CPUBLISNER] JOHN WILEY
& SONSt INC.* NEW YORK* NY   CONTRIBUTION NOJ  X42T   CGRANT NO] DRILLING
FLUIO//CR808S12  CLAB PROJECT NO] Q258  CORAFT ID  «3 0244  CPUS  TYPE} 800K
CHAPTER  COATE CONT « ASSIGNED] 32-06
5.6.2  Journal Article
 CAUTHORJ  HANSEN,  OAVIO  J.//GOODMAN,  LARRY  R.//MOORE,  JAMES C.//HI600N, PEGGY
 <.   CTITLE]  EFFECTS  OF  THE  SYNTHETIC PYRETHROIOS  AC  222,  T05,  PERMETHRIN,  AND
 FENVALERATE  ON  SHEEPSH5AO  MINNOWS  IN EARLY LIFE-STAGE TOXICITY TESTS
 CJOURNAL] ENVIRON. TOXICOL.  AND  CHEM  CYR3 1983   CVOLJ 2   CISSUE3 2  CPAGE
 N03  251-258   CONTRIBUTION  N03 462  CLAB  PROJECT  NO]  0063  CEPA REPORT NO]
 EPA-600/J-83-106   CNOT5S3  PB84-11741S,  PC- A02   CORAFT ID »3 02T6  CPUS TYPE3
 JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT   COATE  CONT 0 ASSIGNE03 82-12   CCAS *3 CAS!  S2645-53-1//
 CAS:   51630-58-1
5.6.3  Book Chapter
CAUTHOR3 HELZ, G.R.//HSU, R.Y.//9LOCK,  R.N.  CTITLE3  BROMOFORH  PRODUCTION  BY
OXIDATIVE 8IOCIDES  IN MARINE  WATERS  CYR3 1978   CPAGE  N03  68-76  CEDITOR3
R.G. RICE AND J.A.  COTRUVO  CTITCEU OZONE/CHLORINE DIOXIDE  OXIDATION  PRODUCTS
3Y ORGANIC MATERIALS  CPUBLISHER] OZONE PRESS INTERNATIONAL, CLEVELAND, OH
CONTRIBUTION NO] X095-  CGRANT NO] R803939//R804683   CLAB PROJECT  N03 Q100//
0020
5.6.4  EPA Report
CAUTHOR3 ENVIRONMENTAL  RESEARCH  LABORATORY.  GULF  BREEZE.  CONTRIBUTOR   CTITLE3
AMBIENT WATER  QUALITY CRITERIA FOR POLYCMLORINATEO  BIPHENYLS   CYR3  1980   CPAGE
NO]  117 P  CPUBLISHER3  U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  AGENCY,  OFFICE OF WATER
REGULATIONS AND  STANDARDS, WASHINGTON, DC  CONTRIBUTION  N03  EPA-440/5-80-068
CLAB PROJECT N03 0062   CcPA  REPORT NO] EPA-440/5-80-068
                                       55

-------
5.6.5  Published Abstract
CAUTMOR] HENORICKSt JERRY 0.//MEYERS, THEODORE R.//CASTEEL, JOHN L.//NIXON,
JOE E.//LOVELANO, PATRICIA N.//BAILEY, GEORGE S.  CTITLE] RAINBOW  TROUT
EMBRYOS:  ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS FOR CARCINOGENESIS RESEARCH CABSTRACT)
CJOURNAL] ANNU. MEET. AM. ASSOC. CANCER RES. PROC  CYRJ 1982  CVOL3 23
CPAGE NO] SB  CONTRIBUTION NO] X279  CGRANT NOD NCI  CNOTES1 ILL  (9-13-83),
NO COPIES.  CPUS TYPE] JOURNAL ARTICLE  COATE CONT * ASSIGNED] 83-09
5.6.6  Conference Proceedings
CAUTHOR] COUCH* JOHN A.//COURTNEY, LcE A.//POSS, STEVEN S.  CTITLEJ LABORATORY
EVALUATION OP MARINE PISHES AS CARCINOGEN ASSAY SUBJECTS  CYRJ 1981  CPAGE NO]
125-139  [EDITOR] CLYDE J. OAWE  CTITLE1] PMYL5TIC APPROACHES TO CANCER:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE 11TH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF THE PRINCESS TAKANATSU
CANCER RESEARCH FUND, TOKYO, 1980  CPU8LISHER] JAPAN SCIENTIFIC PRESS, TOKYO,
JAPAN  CONTRIBUTION NO] 171  CGRANT NO] NCI  CLAB PROJECT NO] Q066//Q067  CEP
REPORT NO] EPA-600/D-80-039  CNOTES] PRESENTED AT THE ELEVENTH INTERNATIONAL
SYMPOSIUM OF THE PRINCESS TAKAMATSU CANCER RESEARCH FUND, TOKYO, JAPAN,
NOV. 10-13, 1980. P882-20582t, PC- A02.
5.7  Sample Searches

Records can be retrieved  from the Contribution System using any of the methods
described in Section  3.9.   The following samples illustrate how various types
of searches might  be  executed.

5.7.1  Key File Searches

Designated key fields can  be searched directly through the system's five key
files.  To execute a  key  file search, select the appropriate option number  from
the menu and enter the requested search statement.

Truncated Multi-Word  Prefix Search in the AUTHOR/YEAR File
   ENTER  AUTHOR/YEAR  :   IN PRS

 CAUTHOR] HAYSS,  MILES  0.//GUNCLACH,  SRICH R.//SCOTT, GEOFFREY I.//SHIPP, R.
 CRAIG//MICHEL,  JACQUELINE//FINKELSTEIN, KENNSTH//OAVIS, WILLIAM P.  CTITLE]
 PECK  SLIP OIL SPILL:   A PRELIMINARY  REPORT  CYR]  IN PREP  CEDITOR] j.
 R08INSON  [PUBLISHER]  U.S.  NATIONAL  OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION,
 aOULOER, CO   [CONTRIBUTION  NOJ  X429   CNOTES]  NQAA REPORT
                                      56

-------
Single Word Prefix Search  in the EPA REPORT/PROJECT/ CAS NO File
  ENTER EPA REPORT/PROJECT/CAS NO. : Q191

CAUTHOR] PRITCHARO, P.H.//CRIPE, C.R.  CTIUE] MICROCOSM SYSTEM TO MODEL THE
FATE AND EFFECTS OF P-CRESOL AND OTHrR POLLUTANTS IN LOTXC STREAM ECOSYSTEMS
CJOURNALJ LIMNOL. OCEANOGR  CYR]  IN PREP  [CONTRIBUTION NO] 469  CGRANT N03
CR807555//CR808845  CLAB PROJECT NO] Q191  CNOTES] TITLE MAY CHANGE TO
"DESIGN OF MICROCOSM SYSTEMS TO MODEL THE FATE AND EFFECTS OF TOXICANTS
TO ARTIFICIAL STREAM CHANNELS*.  CORAFT 10 »] 0279  CPUB TYPE] JOURNAL
MANUSCRIPT  CDATE CONT * ASSIGNED] 83-01  CCAS *3 CAS:  106-44.$
Boolean Search in  the TITLE  File
  ENTER TITLE : =BIPHEN£CARCINOG5N

CAUTHOR3 COUSE, NANCY L.//SCHPIOT-COLL5RUS, JOSEF J.//KING. JEANNETTE//
LEFFLERt LAROS5  CTITLE3 BIPHENYL HYOROXYLAS5 ACTIVITY AND THE DETECTION
OF CARCINOGENS  CY«3 1982  CPAGE NO] 81-101  CTITL51J SYMPOSIUM:
CARCINOGENIC POLYNUCLEAR AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS IN THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT,
PENSACOLA BEACH, FLORIDA, 14-18 AUGUST, 1978  CPUBLISHER] U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AGENCY, ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, GULF BREEZE, FL
CONTRIBUTION N03 X361  CGRANT NO] R805671  CLAB PROJECT NO] Q039
CEPA REPORT NO] EPA-600/9-32-013
Multi-Word Prefix Search  in the GRANT NO/JOURNAL/DRAFT ID # File
  ENTER GRANT NO/JOURNAL/ORAFT ID * : 5STUARINE COASTAL MAR. SCI

CAUTHOR3 TAGATZ, MARLIN E.//TOBIA, MICHAEL  CTITLE3 EFFECT OF BARITE CBAS04)
ON DEVELOPMENT OF ESTUARINE CCMMUNITIES  [JOURNAL] ESTUARINE COASTAL MAR. SCI
CYR] 1978  CVOL3 7  CISSUE] 4  CPAGE NO] 401-407  [CONTRIBUTION NO] 340
CLAB PROJECT NO] 0080  CEPA REPORT NO] EPA-600/J-79-090  CNOTES] PB-294
908 
-------
5.7.2  Key Contents Analysis Search

This type of search allows you to examine a composite of the five key  files
with a Boolean expression of word fragments.  It is executed by selecting
Option 8 from the menu  and entering the requested search statement.
  78


  BIOTURBATtWHITS


CAUTHORJ WHITE, OAVID C.//FINOLAY, ROBERT H.//FAZIO, STEVEN 0.//BOBBIE.
RONALD J.//NICKELS, JANET S.//OAVIS, WILLIAM M.//SMITH, GLEN A.//MARTZ,
ROBERT F.  CTITLE3 EFFECTS OF BIOTUR3ATION AND PREOATXON BY MELLITA
QUINQUIESPERFORATA ON SEDIMENTARY MICROBIAL COMMUNITY STRUCTURE  CYRJ  1980
CPAGE NO] 163-171  CEDITOR] VICTOR S. KENNEDY  CTITLS11 ESTUARINS  PERSPECTIVES
CPUBLISHER] ACADEMIC PRESS, NEW YORK, NY  CONTRIBUTION NO] X129   CGRANT NO]
ORILLING FLUIO//CR806U3  CLA6 PROJECT NOD Q025//Q225  CNOTES] PROCEEDINGS:
FIFTH BIENNIAL ESTUARINE RESEARCH CONFERENCE, JEKYLL ISLAND, GEORGIA,  OCTOBER
7-12, 1979.
5.7.3  Record Fragment  Search

A record fragment search  allows you to examine the full text of the database
for the occurrence of a specific character sequence.  It is restricted through
one of the five key files.   To execute this type of search, select Option  7
from the menu and enter the  requested search statements.
   ?7

   ENTER  THE  RECORD  FRAGMENT  :  BENTONITE
   WHICH  OF THE  5  KEY  SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SEARCH (1-5) 74

   ENTER  GRANT NO/JOURNAL/ORAFT ID * :  DRILLING FLUID


 CAUTMOR3 ATEMA, JELLE//LEAVITT, DALE F.//BARSHAW*  DIANA E.//CUOMO, M. CARMELA
 CTITLEJ  EFFECTS OF  DRILLING  MUDS ON BEHAVIOR OF THE AMERICAN LOBSTER, HOMARUS
 AMERICANUS,  IN  WATER  COLUMN  AND SUBSTRATE EXPOSURES  [JOURNAL] CAN. J. FISH.
 AQUAT. SCI  CYR]  1982  CVOL3 39  CXSSUE3 5  CPAGE  NO] 675-689
 [CONTRIBUTION N03 X298   CGRANT NO] DRILLING FLUIO//CR806630  CLA6 PROJECT NO]
                                      58

-------
5.7.4  Slgning-off


To exit the Contribution  System, select Option 10 from the menu or enter an
asterisk command at  the menu  level.  The system will display the following
sign-off messages.
 JOB720
STOP
 iss23:ii  SIZE: 32*  CPU: *.oa  STATUS:  SUCCESS
 LOGO
 USER ERLG  UIC C320.1603  TT27: 15:23:12   19-JAN-8*
 CONNECT TINE 02 H  SYSTEN UTILIZATION  IT MCTS
 BYE
 USER LOGGED Off ON 19-JAN-84 AT 15:23:14

 SYSTEM UTILIZATION    IT MEGA-CORE-TICKS
 CONNECT TINE 0:03

 TOTAL SESSION CHARGES        SO.63
                                      59

-------
6.  REPRINT SYSTEM

This chapter describes features which are specific to the Reprint System.   For
an explanation of the procedures used to operate all  EPALIT library systems,
refer to Chapter 3.

6.1.  Content of the Reprint System

The Reprint System is an on-line catalog of the journal  and book reprints  of
the library and laboratory staff.  It consists of a principal  database for
library holdings and additional databases for the collections  of individual
researchers.  Together, these databases make up an integrated  system which
permits rapid access to all of the laboratory's reprint  materials.  Maintaining
records in separate databases enhances the flexibility of the  system, protects
the integrity of the individuals' databases, and improves system response  time.
When necessary, comprehensive control and retrieval is provided by merging
databases.  Conversely, new databases can be created by  extracting identifiable
subsets from existing files.  Merging and extracting operations are performed
by systems personnel using the utilities of EPALIT and the operating system.
Off-line printing of address and citation labels for ordering  reprints is
another feature of this system.  These options are available in any reprint
database, but must be implemented by systems personnel.

Each record in a database represents a single item and contains some or all of
the following information:  bibliographic citation, accession  number, reprint
holder's name, keywords, notes, first author's mailing address, and date
received.  The standard report format is a directory in  first  author order with
author, title keyword, and subject indices.  Index reports can also be arranged
by title, keyword, reprint holder, reprint number, publication date, or any
other significant element.  They may be derived from the full  text of a database
or from a specifically defined subset.

6.2  Signing-on

The sign-on procedures described below are used with the library reprint
database, which operates in either FULL or RESTRICTED authorization mode.   The
identification codes used to access other reprint databases are assigned by
systems personnel as the databases are initialized.

6.2.1  FULL Mode

This is the system's standard operating mode and offers  the full range of
capabilities:  record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion.  Transactions
are posted to both the record and its key files as they  occur, ensuring immediate
retrievability.  To sign-on to the library reprint database in FULL mode,  enter
the following sequence of identification codes.

       [REPR](CR)
       Password(CR)
       Account ID(CR)
       L@PRINTJ(CR)
       [REPR]Terminal ID(CR)*
       Terminal Type(CR)**


                                  (June 1984)

                                       60

-------
NOTE:
6.2.2  RESTRICTED Mode

This mode is reserved for patron use.   It  allows  records  to  be  retrieved for
viewing, but does not permit any input,  modification,  or  deletion of database
content.  Search transactions are limited  to the  key files.   To sign-on in
RESTRICTED mode, enter the following sequence of  identification codes.

       [REPR](CR)
       Password(CR)
       Account ID(CR)
       LPREPRINTJ(CR)
       [REPRjTerminal ID(CR)*
       Terminal Type(CR)**

*  = two character numeric code displayed  to the  screen during  sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal being  used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].

For the remainder of this chapter, the collective phrase  "the reprint  system"
or simply "the system" will be used.

6.3  System Menu

When the Reprint System is activated in FULL mode, the following option menu
is displayed.
                                     REPRINT SYSTEM
        00 YOU WISH TO
        SEARCH FOR  A DOCUMENT 8Y:

        Oi:  AUTHOR
        02:  KEYWORD
        03:  TITLE
        0«:  REPRINT HOLDER
        05:  REPRINT NO.
                             OR
                                           06: ADO A DOCUMENT  TO  THE  FILE
                                           07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
                                           08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
                                           09:
                                           10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
       When it is activated in RESTRICTED mode,  an  edited  version  is  offered.
                                     REPRINT SYSTEM
        00 YOU WISH TO
        SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY!

        Oi: AUTHOR
        02: KEYWORD
        03: TITLE
        04: REPRINT HOLDER
        05: REPRINT NO.
                              OR
                                            06:
                                            or:
                                            08:  SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
                                            09:
                                            10:  TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
       Transactions should be initiated,  executed,  and  terminated  using the procedures
       described in Chapter 3.
                                              61

-------
6.4  Item Record

A record in the Reprint System currently consists of thirty-five information
fields.  However, six of these fields are used for author/co-author entries
and fifteen for keywords.  This approach simplifies the input process for non-
library users by eliminating the need to separate multiple entries with special
characters.  For sorting and indexing purposes, these repeat fields are merged
into two key files:  author and keyword.  The basic characteristics of each
information field, including entry format and search status, are given below.
Unless otherwise indicated, always omit closing punctuation.  To ensure
retrievability, complete as many fields as applicable, particularly those
contained in key files.

*** = key field

6.4.1  AUTHOR***

This field contains the name of the person or organization primarily responsible
for the authorship of an item.  Personal names should be entered in last name,
comma, space, first name, space, middle initial, period format or some logical
variation.  Organization names may be entered in any consistent format.  This
field can be searched directly under Key File 1.
 ENTER AUTHOR : LITTLE, JOHN U.
 ENTER AUTHOR : TREFOUEL, N. JACQUES
 ENTER AUTHOR : BOOTH, R. L.
6.4.2  AUTHOR2-6***

Author fields two through six contain the names of all  co-authors, one per field,
Entry format is identical to that of first author.  These fields can also be
searched directly under Key File 1.
 ENTER AUTHOR 2 : SCHMIDT* H.
 ENTER AUTHOR 3 : HOPKINS* SEMELL H.
6.4.3  TITLE***

This field contains the item's complete title, exclusive of initial  articles
(A, An, The).  Internal punctuation and spacing should be duplicated.   This
field is directly searchable under Key File 3.
 ENTER TITLE : OCCURRENCE OF PESTICIDES  IN  WHALES
 ENTER TITLE : ENVIRONMENTAL ANO SOCIAL  COSTS  OF PESTICIDES:  AN ASSESSMENT
6.4.4  JOURNAL

This field contains the title of the journal in which an item appeared.   The title
may be abbreviated using any standard source, but abbreviations should be
consistent.  Omit any closing punctuation.  This field is not directly searchable.

-------
ENTER JOURNAL  : LIPIOS
ENTER JOURNAL  : BULL. SO.  CALIF.  ACAO.  SCZ
6.4.5  JTR

This field contains the item's publication year and is  not  directly  searchable,
 ENTER  YR  :  1972
 ENTER  YR  :  1969*70
6.4.6  VOL

This field contains the volume number of the journal  in which an item was
published.  It cannot be searched directly.
 ENTER VOL :  29
 SNTE* VOL :  XIV
 ENTER VOL :  PALL
6.4.7  ISSUE

This field contains the issue number of the journal  in which an item appeared.
It cannot be searched directly.
 ENTER  issue :  11
 ENTER  ISSUE :  0
 ENTER  ISSUE :  1/2
6.4.8  PAGE NO

This field is used to indicate the pagination of an item.   For a publication
within another publication, enter the range of pages.   For a separately published
item, enter the total number of pages followed by the  character "P".
This field is not directly searchable.
 ENTER PAGE NO : 8-9
 ENTER PAGE NO : 28-
 ENTER PAGE NO : 36 P
6.4.9  EDITOR

This field contains the names of all  editors.  Entry format is first name first
with multiple names entered as they are cited.  Do not separate names with
slash marks.  This field cannot be searched directly.
                                       63

-------
ENTER EDITOR : 0. C. HEATH  AND COMPANY
ENTER EDITOR : C. CORING AND  J.  U.  HAMAKER
6.4.10  TITLE1***

This field contains the full  title of the book,  report,  or  proceedings  in which
an item was published.  Initial  articles  should  be  omitted,  but  include all
internal punctuation and spacing.   This  field is directly searchable  under Key
File 3.
 ENTER TITLE1 I PROC. 11TH BR. MEED CONTROL CONF
 ENTER TITLE1 S ORGANIC CHEMICALS IN THE SPOIL ENVIRONMENT
6.4.11  PUBLISHER

This field contains the name of the item's  publishing  agency  and  the  place of
publication.  It is not directly searchable.
 ENTER  PUBLISHER !  MARCEL OEKKERt INC., NEW YORK
6.4.12 REPRINT HOLDER***

This field contains the name of the item's owner.   Names  should  be  entered  in a
consistent format to facilitate retrieval.  This  field  can  be searched directly
under Key File' 4.
 ENTER REPRINT HOLDER : LIBRARY
 ENTER REPRINT HOLDER : DR. SCHOOR
 ENTER REPRINT HOLDER : CHUCK MCKENNEV
6.4.13 REPRINT NO***

This field contains a unique identification number and  may  be searched  directly
under Key File t>.
 ENTER  REPRINT  NO  :  76*
 ENTER  REPRINT  NO  :  1898L
6.4.14 KEYHORD1-15***

The keyword fields are used to indicate an item's  subject  content.   Each  field
contains one keyword consisting of a single term or a  term with  subdivisions.
These fields may be searched directly under Key File 2.
 ENTER KEYWORD : OIL SPILL
 ENTER KEYWORD 2 : NUCLEIC ACIDS
 ENTER KEYWORD 3 : BENZO
-------
       6.4.15 NOTES

       This field contains information  which  in  some  way  describes  the  item  or
       facilitates its use.  Its  descrete  elements  should be  punctuated with closing
       periods.  It is not directly searchable.
        ENTER  NOTES  :  BUREAU Of FISHERIES DOC. NO. 793; 2 COPIES.
        ENTER  NOTES  :  FILED IN FLORIDA BOX.
        ENTER  NOTES  :  TRANSLATED FROM RUSSIAN.  TR-31-309.
NOTE:   The following fields appear only when the label  producing  feature  is  present.

       6.14.16 LABEL NEEDED?***

       This field is used to generate label  sets for reprint  request  cards.   If labels
       are not needed, a negative response may be entered  by  simply pressing return.
       If labels are needed, this should be  indicated by typing YES and pressing
       return.  A positive response causes the system to produce  three labels:   a
       bibliographic citation, a mailing address, and a return  address.  The system
       deletes the contents of this field after the label  generating  program is run.
       The field can be searched directly under Key File 5; only  pending  items  will be
       retrieved, however.
       ENTER LABEL  NEEDED?  :  TES
       6.4.17-20 NAME/ADDRESS/CITY-STATE/COUNTRY

       These four fields contain the information which  is  to appear on the mailing
       address label.  The plus sign may be used to repeat input prompts,  but  keep  in
       mind that label  size dictates acceptable field length.   Once entered, these
       fields become a  permanent part of the record, but are not directly  searchable.

       6.4.17 NAME

       This field contains the name of the person or organization to whom  a reprint
       request is addressed.
        ENTER  NAME  :  OR.  CAL MATTHEWS
       6.4.18 ADDRESS

       This field contains the street or post office address  to which a reprint  request
       is sent.
        ENTER  ADDRESS  :  626 CHEROKEE DRIVE
       6.4.19 CITY-STATE

       This field contains the city, state, and zip code information,
                                              65

-------
 ENTER CITY-STATE  :  ATLANTA,  GA   30322
6.4.20 COUNTRY

This field contains the name  of  the  country to which a reprint request is sent.
 ENTER COUNTRY :  ENGLAND
6.4.21 DATE RECIEVED

This field is used to indicate  the  date an item is received and/or added to the
system.  Any entry format  may be  used, but should be applied consistently.
This field is not directly searchable.
 ENTER DATE RECEIVED : 84-05-25
6.5 Record Input

When Option 6 is selected from the menu, the  following input prompts are offered,
 NEW  RECORD
 ENTER  AUTHOR  :
 ENTER  AUTHOR  2  :
 ENTER  AUTHOR  3  :
 ENTER  AUTHOR  4  :
 ENTER  AUTHOR  5  :
 ENTER  AUTHOR  6  :
 ENTER  TITLE  :
 ENTER  JOURNAL :
 ENTER  YR  :
 ENTER  VOL :
 ENTER  ISSUE  :
 ENTER  PAGE NO :
 ENTER  TITLE1  :
 ENTER  PUBLISHER  :
 ENTER  REPRINT NO  :
 ENTER  REPRINT HOLDER
 ENTER  KEYWORD :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 2  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 3  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 4  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 5  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 5  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD T  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 8  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 9  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 10  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 11  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 12  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 13  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 14  :
 ENTER  KEYWORD 15  :
 ENTER  NOTES  :
                                       66

-------
If the label  producing  feature Is present, these additional prompts are displayed
as well.
 ENTER LABEL NEEDED? S
 ENTER NAME *
 ENTER ADDRESS :
 ENTER CITY-STATE :
 ENTER COUNTRY :
 ENTER DATE RECEIVED :
The procedures described  In Section 3.8 and the constraints implied by the
field descriptions  in  Section  6.4 should be used to complete this list.

6.6 Sample Records

The following samples  represent  records available in the Reprint System.  They
illustrate the format  in  which information 1s entered and displayed on-line.
When reports are generated, the  system re-formats these records to meet standard
citation guidelines or some other established criteria.

6.6.1 Journal Article
 CAUTHOR] LOME,  J.  I.   CAUTHOR 23 PARRISM, P. R.  CAUTHOR 33 PATRICK, J. N.
 CAUTHOR 43 FORESTER,  J.   CTITLE3 EFFECTS OF THE POLTCHLORZNATEO BZPHENVL
 AROCLOR 1254 ON THE AMERICAN OYSTER CRASSOSTREA VXRGINICA  [JOURNAL] MARINE
 BXOLOGT  CTR3 19T2  CVOL3 17  CISSUE3 3  CPAGE N03 209-214  CREPRXNT NO]
 0036  [REPRINT  HOLDER3 LIBRARY  CKcVUORD3 BCF  [KEYWORD 23 BXOCONCENTRATXQN
 FACTOR  [KEYWORD 33 POLYCHLORXNATEO BXPHENYL  [KEYWORD 43 AROCLOR 1254
 [KEYWORD 53 AMERIAN OYSTER  [KEYWORD 63 CRASSOSTREA VIRGINICA
6.6.2 Book Chapter
 [AUTHOR}  SPEIOEL,  H.  K.   [AUTHOR 23 BOURO.UIN*  A.  W.   CAUTHOR 33 MANN, J. E.
 CAUTHOR 43  FAIR.  J.  F.   CAUTHOR  S3 BENNETT*  E. 0.  CTXTLE3 MICROBIOLOGICAL
 REMOVAL OF  PESTICIDES FROM AQUEOUS ENVIRONMENTS  CYR3 1972  CVOL3 13
 CPAGE N03 277-282   CTITLE13 DEVELOPMENTS IN  INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY
 [PUBLISHER! AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES* WASHINGTON* DC
 CREPRINT  N03 4508   CREPRXNT HOLDER] LIBRARY
6.6.3 Technical  Report
 CAUTHOR] MOUNT.  0.  X.   CAUTHOR 23 WARNER,  R.  E.  CTITLE3 SERIAL-DILUTION
 APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS DELIVERY OF VARIOUS  CONCENTRATIONS OF MATERIALS IN
 WATER  CPAGE  N03 16 P   CTITLE13 US PUBLIC  HEALTH SERVICE PUBLICATION NO.
 999-MP-23  CREPRINT N03 2388   CREPRINT HOLDER] LIBRARY
6.6.4 Conference Proceedings
 CAUTHOR]  SIMMON*  VINCENT F.   CAUTHOR 23 KAUHANEN*  KRISTINE  CAUTHOR 33
 TARDIFF,  ROBERT G.   CTITLE3  MUTAGENIC ACTIVITY OF  CHEMICALS IDENTIFIED IN
 DRINKING  WATER CVR3 1977 CPAGE N03 10 P  CTITLE13 2ND INTERNATIONAL
 CONFERENCE  ON ENVIRONMENTAL  MUTAGENS* EDINBURGH, SCOTLAND, JULY* 1977
 CREPRXNT  NO]  4872  CREPRINT  HOLOER3 LIBRARY
                                      67

-------
6.7 Sample Searches

Records can be retrieved from the  Reprint  System using any of the methods
described 1n Section 3.9.   The following samples Indicate how various types of
searches might be executed.

6.7.1 Key File Searches

Designated key fields can  be searched  directly through the system's five key
files.  To execute a key file search,  select the appropriate option number from
the menu and enter the requested search statement.

Truncated Prefix Search in the AUTHOR  File
  ENTER AUTHOR 3 MOUSTAC


 CAUTMOR3 CHANET, R.  [AUTHOR  23 IZARO, C.  CAUTHOR  33  MOUSTACCHX,  E.
 CTITLE3 GENETIC EFFECTS OF  FORMALDEHYDE  IN YEAST  CJOURNAL3  NUTATION  RESEARCH
 CYR1  1975  CVOL3 33  CISSUE3  2-3   CPAGE  NO)  176-186 CTITLE13  INFLUENCE
 OF  THE GROWTH STAGES ON KILLING AND  RECOMBINATION   CREPRINT  N03  1039
 CREPRINT HOLOER3 LIBRARY
Record Fragment Search in  the KEYWORD  File
'   ENTER KEYWORD :  ANTHRACEN*


 CAUTHOR3 HARRISt C. C.  CAUTHOR 23 AUTRUPt H.  CAUTHOJt 33 STONER. G.
 CAUTHOR 43 VANG* S. K.  CAUTHOR 53 LEUTZ, J. C.  CAUTNOR 63 GELBOIN, H.
 CTITLE3 METABOLISM OF BENZOANTHRACENE IN
 CULTURED HUNAN BRONCHUS AND PANCREATIC DUCT  CJOURNAL3 CANCER RESEARCH
 CYR3 1977  CVOL3 37  CPAGE N03 3349-3355  CREPRINT N03 478  CREPRINT HOLOER3
 SCHOOR* W.P.  CKEVMOR03 BENZQ-
 ANTHRACENE  CKEYWORD 33 HUNAN BRONCHUS  KEYWORD 43 PANCREATIC DUCT
Boolean Search in the TITLE File
   ENTER  TITLE  :  -ARYL  HYDROCARBON  HVOROXYLASE/AHH


 CAUTHOR3 VANOERNEULEN, J.  H.   CTITLE3  ABSENCE  OF ARYL  HYDROCARBON HVOROXYLASE
 CAHH)  IN THREE MARINE  BIVALVES  CJOURNAL3  JOURNAL  OF THE  FISHERIES RESEARCH
 BOARD  CANADA   CYR3  1978 CVOL3 35   CPAGE N03 643-647   CREPRINT  N03 347
 CREPRINT HOLOER3 SCHOOR* W.P.   CKEYWORD3 ARVL  HYDROCARBON HVOROXYLASE
 CKEVWORD 23 MARINE  BIVALVES
                                       68

-------
Multi-Word Prefix Search  in the REPRINT HOLDER File
  ENTER  REPRINT HOLDER  : SCHOOR*  M.P.


 CAUTHOR3 ANOS, R.   CTITLE3  MICH PERFORMANCE  LIQUID-SOLID CHROHAT06RAPHY
 CJOURNAL3  PROC. SOC.  ANAL.  CHEN   CYR3  1973   CVOL3  10   CISSUE3 1   CPA6E N03
 6-8   CREPRINT NO3  76  CREPRINT HOLDER} SCMOOR,  U.P.   CKEVUOR03 CHRONAT06RAPHV
 CKEYMORD 23  LIQUID CKEYMORD  33 SOLID	
Single Word Prefix Search  in  the  REPRINT NO File
   ENTER  REPRINT  NO.  :  141


 CAUTHOR] OOLL. J.  N.   CAUTHOR 23  BAST,  T.  F.   CTITLE3 THREE ESTUARINE
 KILLIFISH AS  FRESH WATER MOSQUITO LARVIVORES   [JOURNAL3 MOSQUITO NEWS  CYR3
 1969   CVOL3 29   CISSUE3 3   CPA6E  N03 365-367   CREPRINT N03 141  CREPRINT
 HOLDER]  SCHINNEL
6.7.2 Key Contents Analysis  Search

This type of search allows you  to examine a  composite of the five key files
with a Boolean expression of word fragments.   It is executed by selecting Option
8 from the menu and entering the requested search statement.
   ?8


   ENTER THE  SEARCH  PARAMETERS  -


   COOLEY/FORESTER&NIREX
 CAUTHOR3 COOLEVt N.  R.   CAUTHOR  23  KELTNER,  J.  N.   CAUTHOR 33 FORESTER J.
 CTITLE3 EFFECTS ON ACCUMULATION  BY  TETRAHVMENA  PVRIFORMIS STRAIN  CJOURNAL3
 J.  PROTOZOOL   CYR3 1972   CVOL3 19   CISSUE3 4  CPACE N03 636-638  CREPRINT N03
 230  CREPRINT  HOLOER3  IORTNMICK  CKEYUOR03 MIREX  CKEYWORO 23 AROCLOR 1254
6.7.3 Record Fragment Search

A record fragment search examines  the full text of the database for the
occurrence of a specific character string.   It can be restricted through one of
the key files in order to reduce the  number  of records examined.  To execute a
search of this type, select Option 7  from the menu and enter the requested
search statements.
                                       69

-------
   77

   ENTER  THE  RECORD  FRAGMENT  I  VETERINAR
   WHICH  OP THE  5  KEY  SEQUENCES WILL  CONTROL  THE  SEARCH  
-------
7.  SPECIALIZED BIBLIOGRAPHY SYSTEM
This chapter provides Information specific to the Specialized Bibliography
System.  For a description of the procedures used with all  EPALIT library
systems, refer to Chapter 3.

7.1  Content of the Specialized Bibliography System

The Specialized Bibliography System is used by laboratory staff to compile
reference lists and to tailor these lists to meet the format requirements of
different publishers.  References are entered as they are obtained so that a
current listing is always available.  Each record in the system contains  a
complete citation, a citation sequence number, an accession number, and the
fiscal year in which the list was compiled.  Report format  is determined  by the
needs of the researcher and/or publisher.  In-process lists may be arranged
by author, title, or accession number.  Upon completion, citation sequence
numbers are assigned and the final version of the list is printed.

7.2  Signing-on

The Specialized Bibliography System operates in FULL authorization mode,
permitting record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion.  Transcations
are posted to both the record and its key files as they occur, ensuring immediate
retrievability.  The identification codes are assigned when a system 1s set up.
As an example, the codes used to access the Wilkes Bibliography System are
given below.

       [BIBLFW](CR)
       Password(CR)
       Account ID(CR)
       L@BIBLJ(CR)
       [BIBL]Termina1 ID(CR)*
       Terminal Type(CR)
                        **
*  = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal  being used:
hardcopy terminal[2], DEC VT52[1], or generic scrolling device[0].
7.3  System Menu

After sign-on is complete, the following option menu is displayed.
Key File 5 1s unoccupied.
                                                               Note that
 00 YOU WISH TO
 SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY!
                         WILKES BIBLIOGRAPHY SYSTEM
 01:
 02:
 03:
 0*:
 os:
DOCUMENT   ,
CITATION SEQ *
REFERENCE NO
FY
                               OR
06: ADD A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
 10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
                                  (June 1984)
                                       71

-------
Transcatlons should be Initiated,  executed,  and terminated  using  the  procedures
outlined in Chapter 3.

7.4  Item Record

A record in the Specialized Bibliography System is  currently  composed of  four
information fields.  The basic'characteristics  of each  field,  including entry
format and search status, are given below.   Unless  otherwise  indicated, closing
punctuation is always omitted when entering  data.

*** = key field

7.4.1  REFERENCE NO***

This field contains the accession  number assigned to uniquely identify a
reference.  Any format may be used, but should  be followed  consistently.
Reference numbers can be searched  directly under Key File 3.
 ENTER  REFERENCE  NO  :  001
 ENTER  REFERENCE  NO  :  025
7.4.2  CITATION SEQ#***

This field is used to indicate the position an item should occupy in the
reference list.  Sequence numbers are usually entered just prior to printing the
final version of the list.  They can be searched directly under Key File 2.
 ENTER  CITATION SEQ « :  04
 ENTER  CITATION SEO * :  58
7.4.3  DOCUMENT***

This field contains the complete citation, including all  appropriate beginning
and ending punctuation, exactly as it should appear in the reference list.
Documents are directly searchable under Key File 1; because format varies,  a
record fragment search using the equal sign (=)  suffix is usually the best
approach.
 ENTER  DOCUMENT :  GOODMAN, L. R.* ET AL.» "EARLY LIFE-STAGE TOXICITY TEST
                  WITH TIDEWATER SUVERSIDES (MENIOIA PENINSULAS) AND
                  CHLORINE-PRODUCED OXIOANTS.* cNVIRON. TOXICOL. CHE*.,
                  2,  337 C1983).
7.4.4  FY***

This field is used to indicate the fiscal  year in which a reference list is
compiled.  Any format may be used, but should be followed consistently.   The
field may be searched directly under Key File 4.
 ENTER  FY  :  83
                                       72

-------
7.5  Record Input

When Option 6 1s selected from the menu,  the following  Input prompts are offered.
 NEW  RECORD
 ENTER  REFERENCE  NO  :
 ENTER  CITATION SEO  i  :
 ENTER  DOCUMENT :
 ENTER  FY  :
The procedures described In Section 3.8 and the constraints  Implied by the
field descriptions in Section 7.4 should be used to complete this prompting  list.
Again, the citation sequence numbers are usually entered  after  the reference
list is complete.  They can, of course, be changed  to  reflect any subsequent
additions to or deletions from the list.

7.6  Sample Record

The following sample is from the Mi Ikes Bibliography System  and is formatted to
meet specific publisher requirements.  It indicates the format  in which data is
enterd and displayed on-line.  When a reference list is generated, the system
re-formats these records to comply with pre-established criteria.

Journal Article
 CREFERENCE  N03  006   [DOCUMENT} SCHOOR, W. P.t AND MCKENNEY, C. L.» JR.,
 •DETERMINATION  OF FENVALERATE IN FLOWIN6-SEAUATER EXPOSURE STUDIES.*1 BULL.
 ENVIRON.  CONTAM. TOXICOL.t  30, 84 C1983).  CFY3 83  CCITATION
 SEQ  03  12
7.7  Sample Searches

Records can be retrieved from the Specialized Bibliography  System  using any of
the methods described in Section 3.9.   These samples  demonstrate how  various
types of searches might be executed.

7.7.1  Key File Searches

Designated key fields can be searched  directly through  the  system's key files.
Searches are executed by selecting the desired option number  from  the menu and
entering the requested search statement.

Boolean Search in the DOCUMENT File
  ENTER DOCUMENT  :  «ANTARCTICtDOT/PCS


CREFERENCE N03 002   COOCUM5NT3  HIOAKA,  M.,  ET AL.t "DDT COMPOUNDS AND PCB
ISOMERS AND CONGENERS  IN  HeDOELL  SEALS  AND  THEIR FATE IN THE ANTARCTIC MARINE
ECOSYSTEM." AGRIC.  BIOL.  CrtEM., 47,  2009 (1983).  CFYJ 84
                                       73

-------
Truncated Single Word  Search  In the CITATION SEQ'» File
   ENTE*  CITATION  SEQ  *  :  4


 CfJEFERENCE  NO]  034  C03CUMENT]  BOPP,  RICHARD  F.,  ET  AL.,  "CHLORINATED
 HYOROCARBONS  AND  RAOIONUCLIOE CHRONOLOGIES  IN SEDIMENTS OF THE HUDSON RIVER
 AND  ESTUARY,  NEM  YORK." ENVIRON.  SCI. TECHNOL.t 16,  866 U982).
 CFY3  83   CCITATION  SEQ  •] 43
Record Fragment Search  In  the  REFERENCE  NO File
  ENTER REFERENCE NO  : 9*


CREFERENCE NOD 019  COOCUHSNT3  SCMOCKEN,  M.  J.»  ET  AL.  "INTERACTION OF HIGHER
MARINE FUN5I WITH THE HERBICIDE  ATRA2INE.  R.  SURV6YU  OF INTERACTIVE MOOES."
MYCOLGIA, 74, 801 (1982).     83   CCITATION SEQ §3  35
Single Word Prefix Search  in  the  FY  File
   ENTER  FY  :  84


 CREFERENCE  N03 001  COOCUM6NT3 HARPER* H. U., ET AL.* "ACUTE EFFECTS OF
 TOXAPHENe AND ITS SEDIMENT-DEGRADED PRODUCTS ON ESTUARINE FISH." CAN.
 J. FISH. AOUAT. SCI.* 40*  2119 (1983).  CFfJ 84
7.7.2  Key Contents Analysis  Search

This option allows you to search  a concatenation of the key files using a
Boolean expression of word fragments.   Since each of the information fields used
in this system occupies a key file,  this  is equivalent to searching the full
text of the database.  To execute a  search of this type, select Option 8 and
enter the search string.
  ?8

  ENTER  THE  SEARCH PARAMETERS  -

  84&TOXICOL


CREFERENCE NO] 041   COOCUM6NT3 MALT*  M.  AND  RUBER,  6.*  "EFFECTS OF PESTICIDES
ON PURE  AND  MIXED SPECIES CULTURES  OF SALT MARSH  POOL  ALGAE." BULL. ENVIRON.
CONTAM.  TOXICOL., 30,  464 (1983).   CFV3  83   CCITATION  SEQ • ] 27
7.7.3  Record Fragment  Search

This type of search examines the entire  content of a database for the presence
of a specific character sequence.   In  this  system, a Key Contents Analysis
search offers a less structured  approach to full text searching.
                                       74

-------
7.8  Slgnlng-off

To exit the Specialized Bibliography  System, select Option ID from the menu or
enter an asterisk command at  the  menu level.  The system will display the
following sign-off message.
 JOB573   —   STOP

 15:09:56 SIZE: 32K   CPU:  56.83   STATUS:  SUCCESS
 LOGO
 USER  BXBLFM   UIC  C320f*4]  TT03:  15:09:57  18-NAY-84
 CONNECT  TINE  18 N SYSTEM  UTILIZATION 109 NCTS
 BYE
USER LOGGED  OFF  ON  18-NAV-84  AT  15:09:58
SYSTEM  UTILIZATION    109  NEGA-CORE-TICKS
CONNECT TINE  0:18
TOTAL SESSION  CHARGES    93.99
                                       75

-------
8.  SLIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM
This chapter describes the features of the Slide Collection  System.   Refer  to
Chapter 3 for an explanation of the procedures used to operate all EPALIT
library systems.
8.1  Content of the Slide Collection System

The Slide Collection System Is an on-line catalog of the laboratory's
photographic slide collection.  Each slide is represented by a record  containing
a slide number, a descriptive title, a keyword classification, and  notes.
Borrower information is added through a Circulation Subsystem.  Three  index
reports are currently produced from this system:   a slide file report  arranged
by keyword classification, a keyword-out-of-context index of titles, and an
alphabetical listing of keywords with corresponding slide numbers.

8.2  Signing-on

The Slide Collection Systems operates in FULL authorization mode, allowing
record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion.  Transcations  are posted
to both the record and its key files, ensuring immediate retrievabllity. To
sign-on, enter the following sequence of identification codes.

       [SLID](CR)
       Password(CR)
       Account ID(CR)
       [G>SLIDJ(CR)
       [SLIDjTerminal ID(CR)*
       Terminal Type(CR)**

*  = two character numeric code displayed to the  screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal  being  used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].
8.3 ' System Menu

After sign-on is complete, the following option menu is displayed.
Key File 1 is unoccupied.
                                     Note that
                          SLIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM
 00  YOU  WISH TO
 SEARCH  FOR  A DOCUMENT BY:

 01:
 02:  KEYWORD
 03:  TITLE
 04:  BORROWERS NAME
 05:  SLIDE *
OR
            06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
            07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
            08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS  ANALYSIS
            09:
            10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated, executed, and terminated using the procedures
described in Chapter 3.
                                  (June 1984)
                                       76

-------
8.4  Item Record

A record In the Slide Collection System currently consists of seven information
fields.  Each field may contain a single data element, multiple elements of
equal value, or it may be left void.  The basic characteristics of each field,
including entry format and search status, are described below.  Unless otherwise
indicated, closing punctuation should be omitted.

*** = key field

8.4.1  SLIDE #***

This field contains an alphanumeric code indicating subject category and
accession sequence.  It can be searched directly under Key File 5.
 ENTER SLIDE * :  8-001
 ENTER SLIDE * :  NJS-02?
8.4.2  TITLE***

This field contains a brief descriptive title.  Omit any initial articles (A,
An, The), but include all internal punctuation and spacing.  Titles may be
searched directly under Key File 3.
 ENTER  TITLE  :  BIOCHEMIST (PETE SCHOOR) 1974
 ENTER  TITLE  :  CUTTING SECTIONS: PREPARING SLIDES
8.4.3  KEYWORD***

This field indicates the subject category(ies) assigned.  Multiple entries
should be separated with double slash marks.  Keywords may be searched directly
under Key File 2.
 ENTER  KEYWORDS  :  FIELD WORK
 ENTER  KEYWORDS  :  BOTANV//FIELO WORK
8.4.4  NOTES

This field contains information which further describes the slide or facilitates
its use.  Its discrete elements should be punctuated with closing periods.  It
is not directly searchable.
 ENTER  NOTES  :  SCALE:  1V2000
8.4.5  BORROWER'S NAME***

This field is added to an existing record through the Circulation Subsystem.
Its contents can be searched directly under Key File 4.
                                       77

-------
8.4.6  STATUS CODE
This field 1s added to an existing record through  the Circulation Subsystem and
Indicates borrower status.  It 1s not directly  searchable.
8.4.7  CHECK-OUT DATE
This field Is added to an existing record through  the Circulation Subsystem and
Is not directly searchable.
8.5  Record Input
When Option 6 Is selected from the menu, the following Input  prompts  are  displayed,
 NIW RECORD
 ENTER SLIDE f :
 ENTER TITLE t
 ENTER KEYWORDS t
 ENTER NOTES :
The procedures described 1n Section 3.8 and the constraints  Implied In  Section
8.4 should be used to complete this prompting list.
8.6  Sample Record
The following sample Illustrates the format in which data is entered and  displayed
on-line.
 CTITLE3  BAY  SAMPLING (PCB SURVEY OF ANIMALS, 1971)  CSLIOE 0] FI-007
 CKEVWOROS3 MICROBIOLOGV/RAOIOCHENISTRV  C60RROWERS NAME! WILKES PRANK
8.7  Sample Searches
Any of the methods described in Section 3.9 may be used to retrieve records  in
the Slide Collection System.  The following samples indicate how certain  searches
might be executed.
8.7.1  Key File Searches
Designated key fields can be searched through the system's key files.   To execute
this type of search, select the appropriate menu option and enter the  requested
search statement.
Truncated Prefix Search in the KEYWORD File
  ENTER KEYWORD  :  MICROS
CTITLE3 SAPETY HOOOS AND  GENERAL LABORATORY HORK—RAOIOCHEN  CSLIOE « MIC-003
                                       78

-------
Boolean Search 1n the TITLE  FILE
  ENTER TITLE : «OOT«SM«XNP

CTXTLEJ ACCUMULATION OF DOT  IN SHRIMP TISSUE   CSLIOE  f3  1-033   KEYWORDS)
ILLUSTRATIONS
Multi-Word Prefix Search in  the  BORROWER'S NAME File
  ENTER BORROWERS NAME S WILKES F

CTITLEJ AERIAL VIEW OF SABINE ISLAND  1983  CSLIOE  §3  MIS-029   CKEYNOROSJ
MISCELLANEOUS  CBORROWERS NAME] UILKES PRANK
Single Word Prefix Search in the SLIDE  I  File
  ENTER SLIDE •  : F-009

 CTITLEJ HISTOLOGY—STAINING   CSLXOE  f3  P-009  KEYWORDS! PATHOLOGY
8.7.2  Key Contents Analysis Search

This option allows you to search a composite  of the key, files with a Boolean
expression of word fragments.  To execute a search of this type, select Option
8 and enter the search string.
   ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -
   FIELD UODK&EGLIN

 CTITLE3 FIELD STUDY—EGLIN AFB. 1983  CSLIOE *1 FI-043  CKEVWOROS3 FIELD MORK
8.7.3  Record Fragment Search

A record fragment search examines the complete  contents of the database for the
occurrence of a specific character sequence.   It  can be defined through one of
the key files in order to reduce the number of  records examined.  To execute a
record fragment search, select Option 7 and enter the requested search statemen
   ?T

   ENTER  THE  RECORD  FRAGMENT :  SCALE
   WHICH  OF THE  5  KEY  SEQUENCES WILL  CONTROL THE SEARCH <1~5> 72

   ENTER  KEYWORD : FACILITIES


 CTITLEJ  AERIAL  VIEW OF  LITTLE  SABINE AND SABINE ISLAND 19T1  CSLIOE
 F-03S  CKEYWOROS3 FACILITIES/GROUNDS  CNOTESJ SCALE: 1*2000
                                       79

-------
8.8  S1gn1ng-off

To exit the Slide Collection System, select Option 10 from the menu  or enter an
asterisk command at the menu level.  The session will be terminated  and the
system will display a sign-off message.

8.9  Circulation Subsystem

The Circulation Subsystem is used to add the following information to records
in the Slide Collection System:  borrower's name, status, and check-out date.
Two circulation reports are produced based on this information, one  lists
circulating items by slide number and one by borrower name.  A circulation
profile is automatically created for each circulated item and consists of  the
names of all borrowers, the dates checked out and in, the status of  each
borrower, and the number of circulations.

8.9.1  Signing-on

The Circulation Subsystem operates in a DELAYED POSTING mode.  To sign-on,
enter the following identification codes.

       CSLID](CR)
       Password(CR)
       TSZcount ID(CR)
       LCCIRCJ(CR)

8.9.2  Record Retrieval
The Circulation Subsystem is not menu-driven.  Following sign-on, it requests that
you ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER.  To retrieve a specific record, the slide number
must be entered exactly as it appears in that record.  A non-specific search term
may retrieve multiple records.
ENTER THE  SLIDE  NUMBER  -
8.9.3  Record Display

Records retrieved from the Slide Collection System display only information
which is pertinent to the circulation function.  For items not currently in
circulation, this consists of the slide number and title.
                            LIBRARY HOLDING

 SLIDE NUMBER - F-001

          NEW ASSAY BUILDING—BUILDING *5

 00  YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUT(O) OR RETURN(l) THE SLIDE ?
                                       8U

-------
For circulating items,  borrower information  is  also displayed,
                            LIBRARY HOLDING

 SLIDE NUMBER - MIC-009

          MICROCOSM STUDIES

                     WILKES FRANK

                0

                  81-04-05

 00 TOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO)  OR  RETURNil)  THE SLIDE 7
8.9.4  Slide Check-out

To indicate that a slide has been checked  out,  select  Option  0 and enter the
requested data.  Borrower name is entered  last  name  first.  Status code has
been designated 0 for laboratory  personnel  and  1  for interlibrary loans.  Check-
out date is entered in  YY-MM-DD format.  This information is  added to the record
and the ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER prompt is then repeated.  The  system will not
accept a response of 0  for an item already in circulation.
DO YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1) THE
ENTER THE BORROWERS NAME - BOURQUIN AL
ENTER THE BORROWERS STATUS CODE - 0
ENTER THE CHECK-OUT DATE - 84-05-25
SLIDE ? 0
8.9.5  Slide Check-in

To indicate that a slide has been returned,  select  Option  1.   Borrower  informatior
is removed from view, but is retained as  part  of  the  slide's  circulation  profile.
The system will not accept a reponse of 1 for  an  item not  in  circulation.
 00  YOU  WISH  TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1) THE SLIDE ? 1
8.9.6  Requesting Circulation Profile

Although the system does not display this  option,  you  may  view an  item's
circulation history by entering the character 2 in response to the check-out/in
prompt.  If the slide has never circulated,  no profile exists  and  the  prompt
will simply be repeated.  If it has circulated, the profile will be displayed
and the prompt repeated.
 00  YOU  WISH  TO  CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1) THE SLIDE ? 2
                    WILKES  FRANK
                    0
                    84-04-05
                    84- 5-31
                                       81

-------
8.9.7  Advanciny Through/Exiting  the Circulation Subsystem

The asterisk command 1s  used  to return to the ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER prompt
from any record display  and to exit the  system entirely.
 00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNU) THE SLIDE ? *

 ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER - *
 08:54:48  SIZE: 28K  CPU: 9.oi  STATUS: SUCCESS
 LOGO
 USER SLID  UK £320,321  TT02: 08:54:49  28-NAV-84
 CONNECT TINE 08 M  SYSTEM UTILIZATION IS MCTS
 BYE
 USER LOGGED OFF ON 28-MAV-84 AT 08:54:51
 SYSTEM UTILIZATION    15 MEGA-CORE-TICKS
 CONNECT TINE  0:08
 TOTAL SESSION CHARGES        $0.77
                                      82

-------
9.  LABORATORY NOTEBOOK SYSTEM

This chapter provides Information specific to the operation of the Laboratory
Notebook System.  For a description of the procedures used with all  EPALIT
library systems, refer to Chapter 3.

9.1  Content of the Laboratory Notebook System

The Laboratory Notebook System is used to manage the research notebooks  which
are issued to laboratory personnel through the library.   Each notebook  1s
represented in the system by a record containing some or all  of the following
information:  laboratory project number, date assigned,  notebook number, title,
researcher's name, and date archived.  Borrower information is added through a
Circulation Subsystem.  Printouts may be arranged by researcher name, notebook
number, laboratory project number, date assigned, or any other significant
element.

9.2  Signing-on

The Laboratory Notebook System operates in FULL authorization mode.  This  mode
provides the full range of system capabilities:  record  input, retrieval,
modification, and deletion with all transactions posted  immediately to  the
record and its key files.  To sign-on, enter the following sequence of
identification codes.

       [NOTE](CR)
       Password(CR)
       Ticcount ID(CR)
       L@NOTEJ(CR)
       [NOTElTerminal ID(CR)*
       Terminal Type(CR)
**
*  = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal  being used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].

9.3  System Menu

After sign-on is complete, the following option menu is displayed.
                     LABORATORY NOTEBOOK  SYSTEM
 00 YOU WISH TO
 SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY:

 01: DATE ASSIGNED
 02: BORROWER'S NAME
 03: BOOK NUMBER
 04: RESEARCHER
 05: LAB PROJECT NUMBER
   OR
                  06:  ADO  A  DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
                  07:  SEARCH BY  RECORD FRAGMENT
                  08:  SEARCH BY  KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
                  09:
                  10:  TERMINATE  THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated, executed, and terminated according to the
procedures outlined in Chapter 3.
                                  (June 1984)
                                       83

-------
9.4  Item Record

Records in the Laboratory Notebook System currently contain up to eight
information fields.  The basic characteristics  of each  field,  including  entry
format and search status, are provided below.   Unless otherwise indicated,  omit
closing punctuation when entering data.  To ensure retrievability, complete as
many fields as applicable, particularly those  contained in key files.

*** = key field

9.4.1  LAB PROJECT »***

This field contains the control number(s) which identify the research  project(s)
for which a notebook will be used.  Project numbers may be entered in  any
standard format.  They can be searched directly under Key File 5.
 ENTER  LAB  PROJECT NUMBER  :  07
 ENTER  LAB  PROJECT NUMBER  :  Q158//06
9.4.2  DATE ASSIGNED***

This field is used to indicate the date on which a notebook is issued.  It is
entered in YY-MM-DD format.  This field is directly searchable under Key File 1,
ENTER DATE ASSIGNED  :  82-05-17
9.4.3  BOOK NUMBER***

This field contains the identification number assigned to a notebook.  It may
be entered in any uniform format and is directly searchable under Key File 3.
ENTER BOOK NUMBER  :  000063
ENTER BOOK NUMBER  :  000105
9.4.4  LAB NOTEBOOK TITLE

This field contains a brief title describing the purpose or topic of the
notebook.  It is not directly searchable.
ENTER  LAB  NOTEBOOK  TITLE  :  ACUTE MYSID TESTS WITH DRILLING MUOS
ENTER  LAB  NOTEBOOK  TITLE  :  CRiPIOUCA PLANA COMPARATIVE TOXICOLOGT. BOOK 1
9.4.5  RESEARCHER***

This field contains the name of the researcher to whom the notebook is issued,
It shoud be entered last name first and is directly searchable under Key File
4.
                                       84

-------
ENTER RESEARCHER  : BORTHUICK  PAT
ENTER RESEARCHER  : OUKE  TON  CHACAULET)
9.4.6  DATE ARCHIVED

This field Is used to Indicate the date on  which  a  notebook  Is  archived  Into
the laboratory's circulating collection.   It  is entered  in YY-MM-DD  format.
This field cannot be searched directly.
 ENTER  DATE  ARCHIVED :  83-09-21
                       **
9.4.7  BORROWER'S NAME*

This field is added to an existing record  through  the  Circulation  Subsystem.
Its contents are directly searchable under Key  File  2.

9.4.8  CHECK-OUT DATE

This field is also added through the Circulation Subsystem,  but  cannot be
searched directly.

9.5  Record Input

When Option 6 is selected from the menu, the following input prompts  are displayed,
 NEW RECORD
 ENTER LAB PROJECT NUMBER :
 ENTER DATE ASSIGNED :
 ENTER BOOK NUMBER :
 ENTER LAB NOTEBOOK TITLE :
 ENTER RESEARCHER :
 ENTER DATE ARCHIVED :
The procedures described in Section 3.8 and the constraints  implied  in Section
9.4 should be used to complete this list.

9.6  Sample Record

The following samples represent records in the Laboratory  Notebook System.  They
indicate the format in which data is entered and displayed on-line.

9.6.1  Active Notebook
CBOOK  NUMBER]  000072   [RESEARCHER] PRITCHARD HAP  COATE ASSIGNED] 84-03-13
CLAB NOTEBOOK  TITLE]  TOTAL  ORGANIC CARBON ANALTSES
9.6.2  Archived and Circulating Notebook
                                       85

-------
CBOOK NUNBER3 000078  CLAB PROJECT NUMBER! 0231  CRESEARCHER!  BUTLER  LARRY
COATE ASSIGNED! 83-06-06  CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! FATE  SCREEN  SHAKEN  04/06/82
(BORROWERS NAME} SPAIN JIM  COATE ARCHIVED! 83-06-06
9.7  Sample Searches

Records may be retrieved using  any  of  the methods described in Section 3.9.
The following samples  demonstrate how  various searches might be executed in the
Laboratory Notebook System.

9.7.1  Key File Searches

Designated key fields  can be  searched  directly through the systems's key files.
To execute this type of search,  select the appropriate option number and enter
the search statement.

Truncated Single Word  Prefix  Search in the DATE ASSIGNED File
   ENTER  DATE  ASSIGNED  :  84-05

 CBOOK  NUMBER! 000173   CLAB  PROJECT  NUMBER! Q096  CRESEARCHER] PRITCHARD HAP
 COATE  ASSIGNED!  84-05-03 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! FATE SCREEN III
Multi-word Prefix Search  in  the  BORROWER'S NAME File
  ENTER BORROWERS  NAME  :  SPAIN JIM

CBOOK NUMBER! OOOOB1  CLAB  PROJECT  NUMBER!  0231   CRESEARCHER} BUTLER LARRY
COATE ASSIGNED! 83-06-06  CLAB NOTEBOOK  TITLE! FATE  SCREEN QUIESCENT 06/30/82
CBORROWERS NAME! SPAIN  JIM   COATE ARCHIVED! 83-06-06
Record Fragment Search  in  the  BOOK  NUMBER File
  ENTER BOOK NUMBER : 100*
CBOOK NUMBER! 000100  CLAB PROJECT NUMBER! Q221  CRESEARCHER!  OUKE  TOM
(MORTON)  COATE ASSIGNED! 82-07-16  CLAB NOTEBOOK  TITLE! COMPLETION OF
HAZARDOUS ASSESSMENT PROGRAM    	___,	____—
Boolean Search in the RESEARCHER  File
  ENTER RESEARCHER : -DUKECHACAULEV

CBOOK NUMBER] 000133  CRESEARCHER] OUKE TOM  (MACAULEY)   CDATE  ASSIGNED!
83-06-16  CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! DRILLING FLUID  SHIPPING  AND  RECEIVING LOG
Single Word Search  in  the  LAB  PROJECT  | File
                                      86

-------
  ENTER LAB PROJECT NUMBER : Q014

CBOOK NUMBER] 000159  CLAB PROJECT NUMBER] Q014  CRESEARCHER]  WALSH  GERALD
COATE ASSZ6NEOJ 84-01-17  CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! ALGAL CULTURE BOOR  NO.  11
9.7.2  Key Contents Analysis  Search

This type of search allows you  to  examine  a composite of the key files with a
Boolean expression of word fragments.   It  is executed by selecting Option 8
from the menu and entering the  requested search statement.
  78

  ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -

  83-OS&NORTON


CBOOK NUMBER] 000126  CLAB PROJECT NUMBER]  0221   CRESEARCHER]  DUKE  TOM (MORTON)
COATE ASSIGNED] 83-05-19  CLAB NOTEBOOK  TITLE) SEAGRASS  DRILLING FLUIDS
9.7.3  Record Fragment Search

A record fragment search examines  the  full  text  of the database for the presence
of a specific character string.   It  can  be  controlled through one of the key
files in order to limit the number of  records.   To execute this type of search,
select Option 7 and enter the requested  search statements.
  77

  ENTER THE  RECORD  FRAGMENT  :  HAZARDOUS  ASSESSMENT
  WHICH OF THE  5 KEY  SEQUENCES WILL  CONTROL  THE  SEARCH (1-5) 7 1

  ENTER DATE ASSIGNED :  82


CBOOK NUMBER] 000092   CLAB PROJECT NUMBER] Q221   CRESEARCHER] DUKE TOM
(NORTON)  CDATE ASSIGNED] 82-05-17   CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE] DRILLING FLUID HAZARD
ASSESSMENT
9.8  Signing-off

To exit the Laboratory Notebook System,  select  Option  10  from the menu or enter
an asterisk command at the menu level.   The  session will  be terminated and the
system will display a sign-off message.

9.9  Circulation Subsystem

The Circulation Subsystem is used to add borrower  information, consisting of
the borrower's name and the check-out date,  to  records  already held in the
Laboratory Notebook System.  A circulation profile is  created for each item
and lists the names of all borrowers, the dates checked out and in, and the
                                       87

-------
number of circulations.  Circulation reports are generated which list items  by
notebook number and by borrower name.

9.9.1  Signlng-on

The Circulation Subsystem operates in FULL authorization mode.   To sign-on,
enter the following sequence of identification codes.

       [NOTE](CR)
       Password(CR)
       Account. IP(CR)
       L@CIRCJ(CR)

9.9.2  Record Retrieval
The Circulation Subsystem is not menu-driven.  Following sign-on, it requests
that you ENTER THE BOOK NUMBER.  To retrieve a specific record, the notebook
number must be entered exactly as it appears in the Laboratory Notebook System.
A non-specific search term may retrieve multiple records.
 ENTER THE  BOOK  NUMBER  -
9.9.3  Record Display

Records retrieved from the Laboratory Notebook System display only that
information which is pertinent to the circulation function.   For items not currently
in circulation, this consists of the book number, title, and researcher name.
                           LABORATORY HOLDING

 300K  NUMBER  -  000073
        RGB'S—CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
          GILLIAM  W.  T.
!00  YOU  WISH  TO C^CK-OUTCO) OR RET'JRMCD THE N3TEB30K ?
For circulating items, borrower information is also displayed,
                           LASORATCRY HOLDING

 300K  NUMBER  - 000030
         RJ5  FATE SCREEN OATA
           3UTLER LARRY
                    SPAIN JIM
                 33-05-09
 00  YOU WISH  TO CHECK-OUT(O) OR RcTURN(l) THE NOTEBOOK  ?
9.9.4  Notebook Check-out

To indicate that a notebook has been checked out,  select Option 0 and enter the
requested data.  Borrower name is entered last  name first.   Check-out date is
entered in YY-MM-DD format.  This information is added to the record and the
ENTER THE BOOK NUMBER prompt repeated.   The system will  not accept a response
of 0 for an item already in circulation.
                                        88

-------
00 TOU  WISH  TO CHECK-OUTCO)  OR  RETURN*!)  THE  NOTEBOOK  7 0

ENTER THE BORROWERS  NAME - MUELLER  LEN
ENTER THE CHECK-OUT  DATE - 84-03-15
9.9.5  Notebook Check-In

To Indicate that a notebook has  been  returned,  select Option 1.  Borrower
Information Is removed from view,  but Is  preserved  as part of the notebook's
circulation profile.  The system will not accept  a  response of 1 for an Item
not in circulation.
00 YOU WISH  TO CHECK-OUTCO)  OR  RETURNU)  THE  NOTEBOOK 1 1
9.9.6  Requesting Circulation Profile

Although the system does not display this  option, you may  view an item's check-
out history by entering 2 in response to the check-out/in  prompt.   If the
notebook has never circulated, no profile  exists and the prompt will simply be
repeated.  If it has circulated,  the profile will be displayed and  the prompt
repeated.
 00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OimO) OR RETURNU) THE NOTEBOOK 1 2
                    SPAIN JIM
                    0
                    83-06-07
                    8*- 5-03
9.9.7  Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation  Subsystem

The asterisk command is used to return  to  the  ENTER  THE BOOK  NUMBER prompt from
any record display and to exit the system  entirely.
 00  YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RcTURN(l) THE BOOK ? *

 ENTER  THE  BOOK NUMBER - *
 10:53:^0   SIZE:  28*  CPU: lo.so  STATUS: SUCCESS
 LOGO
 USER NOTE   UIC C320.376D TT02: 10:53:41  22-MAY-84
 CONNECT TIME 06  M  SYSTEM UTILIZATION 18 MCTS

 BYE

 USER LOGGED OFF  ON  22-MAV-84 AT 10:53:44
 SYSTEM UTILIZATION     18 MEGA-CORE-TICKS
 CONNECT TINE  0:06
 TOTAL  SESSION CHARGES        $0.78
                                       89

-------
10.  LITERATURE SEARCH SYSTEM
This chapter provides Information specific to the Literature Search  System.
Refer to Chapter 3 for a detailed explanation of the procedures  used to  operate
all EPALIT library systems.

10.1  Content of the Literature Search System

The Literature Search System is essentially a log of all  searches  performed  by
the library on external and commercial databases.  Its  purpose is  twofold:   to
correlate search activity to individual requestors and  to permanently store
search strategies for later use.  Each record contains  some or all of the
following information:  job/search number, laboratory project number, originator,
phone number, request date, branch chief, search description, keyterms,
searcher's name, estimated cost, execution date, search strategy,  number of
hits, number of prints, and search evaluation.  Two index reports  are produced:
one arranged by originator's name and one by keyterms.

10.2  Signing-on

The Literature Search System operates in FULL authorization mode,  permitting
record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion. Transactions are posted
to the record and its key files as they occur, ensuring immediate  retrlevability.
To sign-on, enter the following identification codes.

       [JOBS](CR)
       Password(CR)
       Account ID(CH)
       LPSRCHJ(CR)
       [SRCHjTerminal ID(CR)*
       Terminal Type(CR)**

*  = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of  terminal  being used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].
10.3  System Menu

After sign-on is complete, the following option menu is offered.
File 4 is unoccupied.
                                    Note that  Key
 00  YOU WISH TO
 SEARCH FOR  A DOCUMENT BY:

 01:  SEARCH  NO
 02:  ORIGINATOR
 03:  BRANCH  CHIEF
 04:
 05:  KEVTERN
                          LITERATURE SEARCH SYSTEM
OR
            06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
            07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
            08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS  ANALYSIS
            09:
            10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated, executed,  and terminated using the  procedures
described in Chapter 3.
                                  (June 1984)
                                       90

-------
10.4  Itx... ,^~, ~

Records in the Literature Search System currently consist of fifteen information
fields.  An information field may contain a single entry, multiple entries of
equal value, or it may be left void.  The basic characteristics of each field,
including entry format and search status, are given below.  Unless otherwise
indicated, omit closing punctuation when entering data.

*** = key field

10.4.1  JOB NO***

This field contains the number assigned to a search to uniquely identify it.
Any format may be used, but should be followed consistently.  This field is
directly searchable under Key File 1.
ENTER  J03  NO.  :  84-011
10.4.2  LAB PROJECT NO

This field contains the project number under which the search is authorized.
It is not directly searchable.
 ENTER LAB PROJECT  NO.  :  Q144
10.4.3  ORIGINATOR**

This field contains the name of the person(s) initiating the search.  Names
should be entered last name first with multiple entries separated by double
slashes.  This field can be searched directly under Key File 2.
 ENTER ORIGINATOR  :  MCKENNEY CHUCK
 ENTER ORIGINATOR  :  COUCH JOHN CLEE COURTNEY)
10.4.4  PHONE

This field contains the phone numbers of the search originator.  It is not
directly searchable.
 ENTER  PHONE :  X311
10.4.5  DATE

This field indicates the date of the search request.  It is entered in YY-MM-DD
format and is not directly searchable.
 ENTER DATE :  82-10-27
                                       91

-------
10.4.6  BRANCH CHIEF***

This field contains the name of the branch  chief  under whose  authority the
search was Initiated.  Names should be entered  last  name  first and are directly
searchable under Key File 3.
ENTER BRANCH CHIEF : LOUE  JACK
10.4.7  DESCRIPTION

This field is used to indicate the subject  scope  of  the  search.   It may  be
entered in any format—single term, multiple  terms,  complete  sentences,  etc.  It
cannot be searched directly.
 ENTER DESCRIPTION  :  ACETYLCHOLINERASE AND CRUSTACEAN RESEARCH
 ENTER DESCRIPTION  I  EFFECTS  OF  ALTOSIO CNETHOPRENE) ON CRUSTACEANS
10.4.8  KEYTERMS***

This field contains the keyterms used in the search.   Multiple  terms  should be
separated by double slash marks.  Keyterms  are  searchable  under Key File  5.
 ENTER KETTERNS  :  ECOL06T//FIELO STUDIES
 ENTER KETTERNS  :  FENTHION//ANALTSIS/SEOINENT
10.4.9  SEARCHER

This field contains the name of the database searcher.   Any  uniform format  is
acceptable.  This field cannot be searched  directly.
ENTER SEARCHER  :  ANOREE  LOMRT
10.4.10  ESTIMATE OF COST

This field contains a dollar cost estimate.   It  is  not  directly  searchable.
 ENTER  ESTIMATE  OF  COST :  16.00
10.4.11  DATE END

This field is used to indicate the date on  which  a  search  was  executed and/or
prints recieved.  It is entered in YY-MM-DD format  and  is  not  directly searchable,
ENTER DATE END  : 84-01-10
10.4.12  SEARCH STRATEGY

This field indicates the file(s)  in which the search  was  run,  the  terms  used,
                                       92

-------
and the execution sequence.   It  cannot  be searched directly.
ENTER SEARCH  STRATEGY  : WATER  RESOURCES  ABSTRACTS  (FILE  117):  CD
ENTER SEARCH  STRATEGY  : PESTICIOfSt  (2)  MONITORING*  C3>  COASTAL MARSHES OR
ENTER SEARCH  STRATEGY  : COASTS  0*  ESTUARIES  OR  SHORES,  (4)  DISTRIBUTION	
ENTER SEARCH  STRATEGY  : 1  AND  2  ANO  3  AND  4
10.4.13  HITS

This field is used to indicate  the  number  of hits or postings derived from a
search.  It cannot be searched  directly.
 ENTER  HITS  :  6
10.4.14  PRINTS

This field is used to indicate  the  number of on- or off-line prints produced
from a search.  It is not  directly  searchable.
ENTER PRINTS : 33
10.4.15  EVALUATION

This field contains a brief indication  of  the  success of the search strategy,
It cannot be searched directly.
ENTER EVALUATION : NO LUCK
ENTER EVALUATION : SEARCH WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL
10.5  Record Input

When Option 6 is  selected  from the  menu,  the  system offers the following input
prompts.
NEW RECORD

ENTER JOB NO  :
ENTER LAB PROJECT NO.  I
ENTER ORIGINATOR :
ENTER PHONE  :
ENTER DATE :
ENTER BRANCH  CHIEF  :
ENTER DESCRIPTION :
ENTER KEVTERMS  :
ENTER SEARCHER  :
ENTER ESTIMATE  OF COST :
ENTER DATE END  :
ENTER SEARCH  STRATEGY  :
ENTER NITS :
ENTER PRINTS  :
ENTER EVALUATION :
The procedure described in Section 3.8 and the  constraints  implied  by the field
descriptions in Section 10.4 should be used to  complete  this  list.

                                        93

-------
10.6  Sample Records


These samples represent records  in the Literature Search System.  They illustrate
the format 1n which data is  entered and displayed on-line.


10.6.1  Single File/Single Strategy Search
CJOB NO] 83-002  (ORIGINATOR] SCHOOR PETE  (PHONEJ X276  (DATE] 82-10-14
CBRANCH CHIEF! COUCH JOHN  (DESCRIPTION] EFFECTS OF ALTOSIO CMETHOPRENE) ON
CRUSTACEANS; DETERMINATION (ANALYSIS) OF ALTOSIO IN CRUSTACEANS  CSEARCHERJ
ANOREE LOMRY  CESTIMATE OF COST! 7.50  COATE END) 82-10-18  CSEARCM STRATEGY]
8IOSIS PREVIEWS (FILES 5* 55):  CD BC-75112 MALACOSTRACA OR CC-64054 INVERTS
PHYSIOL-CRUSTACEA, (2) METHOPRENS OR ALTOSIO; (3) 1 AND 2 — 11 HITSt 11
PRINTS.  TOXLlNEt TOXBACK:  (1) 40596-69-8 OR ALTOSIO OR RABAT OR NANTA OR
METHOPRENE. (2) CRUSTACEA OR ALL ARTERNIA OR ALL CRAB OR ALL BARNACLE OR ALL
CRAYFISH OR ALL OAPHNIA OR ALL LOBSTER OR ALL SHRINP, (3) 1 AND 2 — 4 HITS* 4
PRINTS  (KEYTERMS3 ALTOSIO//METHOPRENE//CRUSTACEANS  (MITS3 15  (PRINTS3 IS
10.6.2  Multiple File/Multiple  Strategy Search
CJOB NOD 83-001  (ORIGINATOR] LEFCOURT PAUL  (PHONE) X316  COATEJ 82-10-13
CBRANC CHIEF! 60URQUIN AL  (DESCRIPTION] MOST RECENT PUBLICATIONS/REPORTS ON

THE DISTRIBUTION OF PESTICIDES IN MATER/SEDIMENT/BIOTA OF U.S. COASTAL WATERS
CSEARCHER3 ANDREE LOWRV  (ESTIMATE OF COST] 5.00  COATE  END]  82-10-15  CSEARCH
STRATEGY] WATER RESOURCES ABSTRACTS CFILE 117):  <1) PESTICIDES OR ORGANIC
PESTICIDES, (2) MONITORING. C3) COASTAL MARSHES OR COASTS OR  ESTUARIES OR
SHORES* (4) DISTRIBUTION	1 AND 2 AND 3 AND 4  CKEVTERMS] PESTICIOES//OR6ANIC
PESTICIDESS/NONITORING//COASTAL WATERS//OISTRIBUTION  CHITS]  6  (PRINTS] »
10.7  Sample Searches


Records may be retrieved using  any  of the methods described in Section 3.9.
The following samples  demonstrate the procedures for executing various searches.


10.7.1  Key File Searches


Key fields may be searched  directly through the system's key files.  To execute
this type of search,  select the desired option number and enter the requested
search statement.


Single Word Search in  the JOB NO File
   ENTER  SEARCH  NO.  :  83-029



 CJOB  NO] 83-029  CORIGINATOR] BORTHWlCK  PAT  COATE3  83-08-29  CBRANCH CHIEF)
 LOWE   (DESCRIPTION] TOXICITY STUDIES ON  THE ACUTE EFFECTS ON FISHES OF TWO
 PESTICIDES (CHLORPYRIFOS*  CAS* 2921-88-2*  AND THIOBENCARB* CAS* 28249-77-6)
 (SEARCHER] ANOREE LOWRV  (ESTIMATE  OF COST] 125.54  (DATE END] 83-09-03
 (SEARCH  STRATEGY] SEARCHED ALL BIOLOGICAL  DATA BASES:   (1) CHLORPVRIFOS OR
 OURSBAN  OR LORSBAN; (2) BENTHIOCARB OR THIOBENCARB;  C3) TOXIC OR TOXICITY OR
 TOXICOLOGY; 
-------
  ENTER ORIGINATOR : RICHARDS NORN


CJOB NO] 83-016  CORIGINATOR3 RICHARDS NORN  COATE3 83-03-02  COESCRIPTION3 DOT
AND ITS METABOLITES  IN MARINE ORGANISMS. REGION IX WOULD LIKE TO KNOW IF 00*
AND OTHER DDT METABOLITES ARE ACCUMULATING IN MARINE ORGANISMS AND SEDIMENTS IN
CALIFORNIA,  PARTICULARLY IN PELICANS. THE VICINITY OF SAN DIEGO. LOS ANGELES*
MONTERSY, AND SANTA  CRUZ ARE PARTICULARLY RELEVANT.  CSEARCHER3 ANOREE LOWRY
CESTIMATE OF COST3 110.00  COATE EN03 83-03-07
Record Fragment  Search  in the BRANCH CHIEF File
  ENTER BRANCH CHIEF : BOURQUIN*


CJOB N03 83-020  CORIGINATOR3 RUBINSTEIN NORN  CPHONE3 X30S  COATE3 83-04-29
CBRANCH CHIEF] BOURQUIN AL  CDESCRIPTIOND INFORMATION ON AQUATIC FOOD CHAIN AND
TRANSFER OF CONTAMINANTS CPCBS)  CSEARCHER3 ANOREE LOURV  CESTIMATE OF COST3
31.00  CDATE END3 83-OS-06  CSEARCH STRATEGY3 BIOSIS: (1) FOOOCUKHAIN?; C2>
POLYOOCHLORINATEOCIOPNENYL: (3) AQUATIC OR BENTHICt (4) SI AND S2 AND S3
CKEVTERMS3 FOOD CHAIN//AQUATIC//BENTHIC//POLVCHLORINATEO PHENOLS//PCB  CHITS1
165  CPRINTS 3 165
Boolean Search  in  the  KEYTERMS File
 ENTER KEYTERM : »GAStCHROMATOGRAPH


CJOB NOD 83-013  CORIGINATORW LEFCOURT PAUL  CPHONE3 X316  COATED 83-01-03
CDESCRIPTION3 SEARCH COMPOUNDS FOR SOLUBILITY* MICROBIOLOGY, AND GAS
CHROMATOGR4PMY.  SEE SEARCH REQUEST FORM FOR LIST OF COMPOUNDS  CSEARCHERJ
ANOREE LOWRY  CESTIMATE OF COST] 80.00  COATE END] 83-01-10  CSEARCH STRATEGY]
CALLED CAS SEARCH ASSISTANCE DESK FOR VERIFICATION OF SEARCH STRATEGY:  CD
SOLY OR SOLUBILITY; «> MICROBIOL OR MICROBIOLOGY: ca> GASCMKMRONATOGRAPHY OR
CNROMATOGRAPHV, GAS: <4) RN- ; (5) CC1) OR <2> OR (3)3 AND (4>  CKEYTERMS3
SOLUBILITY, MICROBIOLOGY, CHROMATOGRAPHY, GAS AND COMPOUNDS  CPRINTS3 112
10.7.2!  Key Contents  Analysis Search

This option allows you  to search a concatenation of the key files with  a  Boolean
expression of word fragments.  To execute this type of search, select Option 8
from the menu and enter the  search statement.
                                      95

-------
  78

  ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -

  PELXCANtRXCHAROS


CJOB NO] 83-016  [ORIGINATOR] RICHARDS NORN  COATE1 83-03-02  [DESCRIPTION] DOT
AND ITS METABOLITES IN MARINE ORGANISMS. REGION IX NOULO LIKE TO KNOW  IP OOA
ANO ITS NETABOLITQS ARE ACCUMULATING IN MARINE ORGANISMS ANO SEDIMENTS IN
CALIFORNIA* PARTICULARLY IN PELICANS. THE VICINITY OF SAN  OIEGO* LOS ANGELES*
MONTEREY* ANO SANTA CRUZ ARE PARTICULARLY RELEVANT  [SEARCHER] ANOREE  LOURV
CESTINATE OP COST3 110.00  COATE END] 83-03-07  CSEARCH STRATEGY!  SEARCHED
NTIS*  SCI SEARCH* DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS* ENVXROLINE* POLLUTION ABSTRACTS* ANO
ZOOLOGICAL RECORD:   OOA OR DOE OR ODD OR DOT* <2> PELICAN? OR  SEACIOOTTER?;
(3) 1  AND 2$ BIOSIS (1) OOA OR 000 OR DOE OR DOT! <2> PELICAN7 OR  8C-  85550 OR
BE* T51? OR BC« 610? OR BC* 852* 1 AND 2  [EVALUATIONS GOOD SEARCH CKEVTERNS3
OOA//000//OOE//OOT//PELICANS  CHITS) 16T  [PRINTS] 16T
10.7.3  Record Fragment  Search

A record fragment search examines the complete contents of the database for the
occurrence of a specific character string.  It can be defined through one of the
key files to reduce the  number  of records examined.   It is executed by
selecting Option 7 and entering the  requested search statements.
  77

  ENTER  THE RECORD FRAGMENT  :  84-03
  WHICH  OF THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES HILL CONTROL THE  SEARCH  (1-5)  7  2

  ENTER  ORIGINATOR : CLARK


CJOB NO] 84-018  [ORIGINATOR]  CLARK JIN  [DATE]  84-03-09   [DESCRIPTION)
TOXXCOLOGICAL DATA ON  PHQNANTHRENE: 1*2*4  TRICHLOROBENZENE; 1*2*4  OINITROPHENOL
[SEARCHER] ANDREE LOWRY  [ESTIMATE OF COST] 50.00   [DATE  END] 84-03-09  [SEARCH
STRATEGY] SEARCHED TOXICOLOGICAL DATA BANK* RTECS  ANO CHEMICAL  EXPOSURE
[EVALUATION] GOOD  [KEVTERNS]  PHENANTHRENE; 1*2*4  TRICHLOROBENZENE;  1*2*4
TRICHLOROBENZENE  [HITS] 8   [PRINTS] 8
10.8  Signing-off

To exit the Literature Search  System, select Option 10 from the menu or enter
an asterisk command at the  menu  level.  The session will be terminated and the
system will display the following  sign-off message.
 JOBlll  —   STOP

 08:55:09  SIZE: 32K  CPU:  2:25:75   STATUS:  SUCCESS
 LOGO
 USER JOBS  UIC [320*2001 TT03:  08:55:10  6-MAY-84
 CONNECT TINE 42 M  SYSTEM  UTILIZATION  280 MCTS

 BYE

 USER LOGGED  OFF ON 06-NAV-84 AT 08:55:13
 SYSTEM UTILIZATION  280 MEGA-CORE-TICKS
 CONNECT TINE 0:43
 TOTAL SESSION  CHARGES        $10.12
                                      96

-------
11.  GLOSSARY

Acoustic Coupler - a device which performs signal  conversions which enable a
standard voice telephone to be used to transmit data between a terminal  and a
computer.

Application Program - a program designed to perform a specific task.

Authorization Mode - a level of system operation that determines which transactions
are available to a user; see FULL Mode, DELAYED POSTING Mode, and RESTRICTED Mode.

Boolean Operator - a symbol used with terms in a search statement to form an
expression which may be logically evaluated; in library systems, the operators
AND (&), OR (/), and NOT (-) are used.

Character - one of a group of alphanumeric or other symbols used to record
data (A, N, W, 2, 5, 9, ., *, #, etc.).

Command - a word or symbol entered by a user to instruct a computer system to
execute a specific task.

Control Command - a command to the operating system using the control key (CTRL)
and some character suffix.

Data - a character aggregate which is meaningful to the user and is processed
and stored by the computer.

Database - a group of records which represent original documents, located on a
mass storage device and accessible through a structured order of keys.

Database Restructure - actions taken against the computer files which comprise
a database to restore optimum efficiency of organization to the files.

Data Element - a set of characters treated as a whole and used to store a
defined type of information.

DEC VTS2 Terminal - a terminal with direct cursor placement control; any terminal
that conforms to the VT52 as a standard.

Dedicated Line - a telecommunications line which directly connects a terminal
to a computer.

DELAYED POSTING Mode - an authorization mode which offers the full range of
capabilities, but provides improved response time during input and modification
transactions by delaying the posting of these transactions to key files until
the database is restructured.

EPALIT - a program which provides logical resources to the application programs,
permitting file organization, search strategies, and record retrieval.

False Drops - records which match the serach criteria, but are not relevant to
the search objective.
                                       97

-------
Field - one or more data elements which constitute a  logical  unit.
F11 e - an organized collection of data.
Frequency Count - a computer generated listing of terms  found in  a  database
subset which shows the number of times each term occurs  in  the subset.
FULL Mode - an authorization mode which offers the full  range of  system
capabilities—record input, retrieval, modification,  and deletion—at a fully
interactive level of operation.
Hardcopy - computer output which exhibits portability and permanence of form.
Hardcopy Terminal - a nonscrolling device which provides printed  output for
user reference.
Input- the process of transferring data into a computer  system; the data which
is input.
Input Prompt - instructions for the user which are provided by a  computer system.
Interactive - two-way communication between a user and a computer system.
Item Record - a collection of related information fields which represent an
original document and are treated as a whole.
Key - a field which has been designated a record identifier and direct  access
point.
Key File - an alphanumeric index, populated by keys,  which  provides direct
access to records in a database.
KWIC - acronym for Keyword-In-Context; a computer generated ordered index
containing highlighted keywords surrounded by the context in  which  they occur.
KWOC - acronym for Keyword-Out-of-Context; a computer generated ordered index
which provides the keyword context verbatim and lists keywords as highlighted
headings.
On-line System - a system in which the user is in direct and  continuous
communication with the application program and its data  resources.
Operating System - a program by which a computer manages its  application
programs.
Output - the process of transferring data from a computer system  to the outside
world; the data which is output.
Posting - the process of adding, modifying, or deleting  data  in an  existing
record or key file.
Program - a series of instructions by which a computer can  execute  a specific
task.
                                       98

-------
Report Generator - a program which can compile other programs to produce reports
In specific formats and sequences.

Response Time - the time between the input of data for processing by a computer
system and a system response.

RESTRICTED Mode - an authorization mode intended for patron use which limits
system transactions to the retrieval of records.

Scrolling Terminal - a featureless CRT device.

Search - the process of finding records in a database, either with the assistance
of a review of the key files or by direct inspection of the database itself.

Search Statement - a term or combination of terms entered by a user which
instruct the computer system, to retrieve records containing a like term or term
combination.

Session - an association between a user and a computer system which begins with
a specific access sequence, is followed by an exchange of data, and ends with a
termination command.

Sign-off - the procedure by which a user ends a terminal session; accomplished
in library systems by selecting Option 10 from the menu or by entering an
asterisk command.

Sign-on - the procedure by which a user begins a terminal session; accomplished
in library systems by accessing EPALIT and entering a sequence of system-specific
identification codes.

Subfile - a component of a file which contains logically equivalent but distinct
entries (Author/Corporate Author).

System - a group of component devices and people, executing clearly defined
operations for the purpose of achieving pre-established goals.

Terminal - an input/output device for communicating with a computer; see DEC
VT52 Terminal, Hardcopy Terminal, and Scrolling Terminal.

Transaction - a user initiated data entry which is intended to produce a logical
consequence within the system.

User - the person communicating with a computer system.
                                       99

-------
APPENDIX A - BATCH STREAM COMMANDS FOR DATABASE RESTRUCTURE AND REPORT GENERATION

A batch stream command 1s a pre-constructed stream of Instructions which take
the place of the user In an Interactive system.  It Is often used to Implement
a routine for which a recurrent need exists.  In the EPALIT system, batch
stream commands are used to restructure the databases and to generate reports.

The restructuring process restores optimum efficiency of organization to database
files by integrating new and modified records, removing deleted records, and
extending the space available for record storage.  This procedure should be
performed weekly if database usage is low, bi-weekly or nightly if the transaction
level is high.  The question mark command (Section 3.7.1) generates a system
status report which shows the number of transactions awaiting restructure and
can be used to evaluate the current restructure frequency.

Report generation falls into two categories:  routine reports and special
reports.  Routine reports are generated on a regular basis and in an established
format.  The issue frequency varies according to how often a database is
significantly updated and the intended use of the report.  Special reports are
generated to meet specific short-term needs, although they may become routine
reports if an ongoing need develops.  Special reports are usually derived from
a database subset and/or exhibit some variation in format.

This appendix 1s intended to assist the librarian in communicating with computer
systems personnel.  It consists of the routines required in each library system
to implement database restructure and report generation.  It is the responsibility
of systems personnel to independently schedule and execute these routines based
on criteria prepared by the librarian.

-------
Library Holdings System
       Batch Stream Command
           Function
SUB [320,31]LIBRRST(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
SUB [320,31]INDEX(CR)
SET DEF [320,30](CR)
PR TITIND.RPT AUTIND.RPT SUBIND.RPT
JORIND.RPT(CR)
Generates the four routine
index reports—title, author,
subject, and journal.

Sets default to directory
location.

Prints the index reports
off-line.
SUB [320,31]PRODCHEK(CR)
SET DEF [320,30](CR)
PR CHEKRPT.RPT CHEKTTL.RPT CHEKONO.RPT(CR)
Generates the routine circu-
lation and publications on
order reports.

Sets default to directory
location.

Prints the circulation and
publications on order reports
off-line.
SET DEF [32U,31](CR)
COP AUTHOR.BIS SMITH.BIS(CR)
EDI SMITH.BIS(CR)
PL RUN(CR)
(CR)
0 SMITH(CR)
RENAME AUTIND.RPT SMITH.RPT(CR)
ED(CR)

SUB [320,31]SMITH(CR)
PR [320,30]SMITH.RPT(CR)
Sets default to batch stream
command location.
Sets up batch stream command
for generating an author-
specific index; in this case,
SMITH.
Generates the SMITH index
report.

Prints the SMITH index report
off-line.
                                      A-l

-------
Contribution System (In-House/Extramural Publ1catlons)
       Batch Stream command
           Function
SUB [320,161]ERLGRST(CR)
SUB [320,161]REPORTS(CR)
SET DEF [320,160](CR)
PR REPORT1.RPT REPORT2.RPT REPORT3.RPT
REPORT*.RPT REPORT5.RPT REPORTS.RPT
REPORT?.RPT REPORTS.RPT REPORT9.RPT(CR)
 Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.

 Generates the nine routine
index reports.

Sets default to directory
location.

Prints the index reports
off-line.
SUB [320,161]ALLYEARS(CR)
PR [320,161]DIRECTORY.RPT(CR)
PR [320,160]ODDIRECT.RPT(CR)
SUB [320,161]INPRESS(CR)
PR [320,160]INPRESS.RPT(CR)
Generates the principal and
supplemental directories with
author and title keyword
indices.  The principal direc-
tory consists of all post- 1970
publications except abstracts,
book reviews, speeches, and
unpublished reports.  The
supplemental directory consists
of all items excluded from the
principal directory.

Prints the principal directory
off-line.

Prints the supplemental
directory off-line.

Generates an unindexed directory
of all in press and in prepara-
tion items.

Prints the in press/in prep
directory off-line.
SUB [320,161]ERLGKW(CR)
SET DEF [320,160](CR)
Initiates a keyword analysis of
the title field.

Sets default to directory
location.
                                      A-2

-------
PR KWOC2.RPT KWOC3.RPT KWOC4.RPT
KWOC5.RPT(CR)
SUB [320,161]SENTENCE(CR)
PR [320,160]KWOC6.RPT(CR)
Prints keyword-out-of-context
(2), keyword-1n-context(3),
term with record identifier(4),
and term frequency count(b)
reports off-line.

 Generates the sentence ranking
report.

 Prints the sentence ranking
report off-line.
                                      A-3

-------
Reprint System
        Batch Stream command
            Function
SUB [320,321]REPRST(CR)
SUB [320,321]ALL AUTH(CR)
PR [320,320]DIRECTORY.RPT(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.

Generates a directory report in
first author order.

Prints the directory report
offline.
                                      A-4

-------
Specialized Bibl1oqraphy System
        Batch Stream Comnand
            Function
SUB [320,45]BIBLRST(CR)


SET DEF [320,44](CR)


RUN BIBLTST(CR)



PR BIBLTST.RPT(CR)

RUN BIBLCARD(CR)



>R BIBLCARD.RPT(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.

Sets default to directory
location.

Generates a bibliography in a
format suitable for 8% x 11
inch paper.

Prints bibliography offline.

Generates a bibliography in a
format suitable for 3 x 5
inch cards.

Prints bibliography offline.
                                      A-5

-------
Slide Collection System
        Batch Stream Command              	             Function
SUB [320,33]SLIDRST(CR)                           Restructures the database and
                                                  generates a batch log.

PR [320,32]SLIDRP.RPT(CR)                         Prints the circulation  report
                                                  in borrower name sequence. **

PR [320,32]SLIDRQ.RPT(CR)                         Prints the circulation  report
                                                  in slide number sequence.  **

** The tasks which generate these reports are submitted automatically
   following restructure.
                                      A-6

-------
Laboratory Notebook System
        Batch Stream Command             	          Function
SUB [320,377]NOTERST(CR)                        Restructures the database and
                                                generates a batch log.

PR [320,376]NOTERP.RPT(CR)                      Prints the circulation report
                                                in borrower name sequence. **

PR [320,376]NOTERQ.RPT(CR)                       Prints the circulation report
                                                in book number sequence.   **

** The tasks which generate these reports are submitted automatically
   following restructure.
                                      A-7

-------
Literature Search System
       Batch Stream Command
            Function
SUB [320,201]JOBSRST(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
                                      A-8

-------
APPENDIX B - SAMPLE REPORTS

The following samples represent reports currently used by the library of the
Environmental Research Laboratory, Gulf Breeze.  The report generating commands
listed 1n Appendix A will produce equivalent reports from your database.  Report
content and format are flexible and the options available for modifying them
should be discussed with your computer systems manager.

-------
Library Holdings System
         B-l

-------
I
                    ENVIRONMENTAL  RESEARCH LABORATORY
                       GULP  BRtEZE,  FLORIDA  32551
                               TITLE INDEX
                          (12/13/83    PAGE 227)
I
cSL-TR
  SEE
    DE
      -81-54
      ANALYSIS AMD ENVI R3NME NTAL  FATc
      NSITY FUELS CDCS E5L-TR-31-541
                                        OF AIR FtlRCE DISTILLATE AND HIGH
 'SSSAYS
   YORK
       IN TOXICOLOGY,, VOLo 20\\ 3LOODB  FRANK  R0  PU3RS  ACADEMIC P^ESS0\\ NEd
       \\ 1970o  SUBJS TOXICOLOGY—COLLECTED  WDRKS\_TOXICOLOGY--POPULAR
          CRA1190oE773

ESSENTIAL INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGYo\\  LAVERACK9 Mo  So\_DANDOs  Jo  PJBRS  WILEV0\\
  MEW VORK VAo \\ I976o  SU3JS  PERIPHYTONo   CTHESIS CLARK3
            THE HAZARD  OF  CHEMICAL  SUBSTANCES Td AQUATIC LIFE.\\ CAIRNSo
   JOHN9 JRo\_DICKSDN9  K0  L<=\_MAKI0  A0  iJo\\ AMERICAM SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND
   MATERIALSo COMMITTEE  D-19  ON  WATERo  PUBRS  AMERIC&N SOCIETY FOR TESTING AMD
   .-1ATERIALSc\\ PHILADELPHIA^  PAo\\  1973o  SERIESS  ASTM STP? 6570  SUBJS
   i-JATER—POLLUTION — ENVIRONMENTAL   ASP£CTS\_AQUATIC ANIMAL59 EFFECT OF WATiR
   POLLUTION  ON\_ENVIROMMENTAL IMPACT  ANALYSISo   CQH545oW3E881
 ESTIMATING THE  POTENCY  OF  MUTAGENSS   CYTOTQXICITY AS AW OBLIGATORY
   CONSEQUEMCE OF  MUTAGENICITY
-------
                   ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                      GULF 3REEZE, FLORIDA  32551
                             AUTHOR INDEX
                         (12/12/83    PAGE 54)

 CAIRNS* JOHN
   3IOL3GICAL METHODS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF WATER  QUALITY;  ft
     PRESENTED IT THE SEVENTY-FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING, AMERICAN
     TESTING AN3 MATERIALS CQH91.57.B5S95 19723
   RECOVERY AMD RESTORATION OF DAMAGED ECOSYSTEMS:  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE
     INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON THE RECOVERY OF  DAMAGED  ECOSYSTEMS  HELD  AT
     VIRGINIA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE AMD STATE  UNIVERSITY,  BLACKSBUR3,  VA,  0,M
     MARCH 23-24, 1975 EQH545.I575 19753
   RECOVERY PROCESS IN DAMAGED ECOSYSTEMS CQH540.R433
   USE 3F FISH MOVEMENT PATTERNS TO MONITOR ZINC ESH177.ZSC353
                                                            SYMPOSIUM
                                                            SOCIETY  FOtf
 CAIRNS. JOHN, JR.
   ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS:   PROCEEDINGS  OF  A  WORKSHOP  HELD IN
     t-JATERVILLE VALLEY, NEW HAMPSHIRE,  AUGUST  14-18*  1978 C £H91 . 57. B5A503
   3IDLOGICAL DATA IN WATER POLLUTION ASSESSMENT:   QUANTITATIVE  AND  STATISTICAL
     ANALYSES CQH90. 57B5B581
   3IOLOGICAL MONITORING OF WATER AND EFFLUENT  QUALITY  CTD423.S90  19753
   SIOTRANSFORMATION AND FATE OF CHEMICALS  IN  THE  AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT:
     PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP HELD AT  THE  UNIVERSITY OF  MICHIGAN  BIOLOGICAL
     STATION, PcLLSTON, MICHIGAN, 14-18  AUGUST,  1979  CQH530 . 5. B563
   EFFECTS OF FLUCTUATING, 5UBLETHAL APPLICATIONS  OF  HEAVY METAL  SOLUTIONS JPDM
     THE GILL VENTILATION RESPONSE OF BLUEGILLS  (LEPDMIS  MACROCHIRUS)
     CEPA-600/3-81-0033
   ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES  TO AQUATIC LIFE  CQH545. H3E88D
   MODELING THE FATE OF CHEMICALS IN THE  AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS  C3H545.W3M63
     19811
   STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF FRESH-WATER  MICRQBIAL COMMUNITIES  CQR105. 5. S33
 CAIRNS, STEPHEN D.
   MARINE FLORA AND FAUNA OF THE NORTHEASTERN  UMITED  STATES.  SCLERACTINIA
     CS2361.A2C2 4333

 CAKE, EDWIN WC3D, JR.
   LARVAL AND POSTLARVAL CESTODE PARASITES  OF  SHALLOW- WATER,  8ENTHIC  MQLLUSKS
     OF THE GULF 3F MEXICO FROM THE FLORIDA  KEYS  TO THE  MISSISSIPPI  SOUND
     CGL391.P7C341
I
ALA3RESE, EDWARD J.
 METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHES TO DERIVING ENVIRONMENTAL AND  OCCUPATIONAL  HEALTH
   STANDARDS ERA566.C27 19783

ALCOTT, PETER H.
 CONTINUOUS CULTURES OF CELLS CQH585.C67 VOL. 13
      Rs D. R.
   SHRIMP FISHERY OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES:   A  MANAGEMENT  PROFILE
     CSn330.62.U5S63

 CALDER, DALE
   BIBLIOGRAPHY ON THE SCYPHOZOA WITH SELECTED  REFERENCES  ON  HYDROZOA  AND
     ANTHQZOA CQL377.S4C33
                                   3-1/2

-------
                  ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                     GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA  32551
                            AUTHOR INDEX
                        (12/12/83   PAGE   91)

DIAZ-COLON, J, D,
  SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY DF THE PHENOXY HERBICIDES VI.  METHODS  3F  EXTRACTION
    AND ANALYSIS CSB951.4.D52 Mil
  SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PHEMOXY HERBICIDES VII.  MILITARY USES
    LSB951.4.D52 VII3

DICKERSON, W. A.
  ARTHROPOD SPECIES IN CULTURE IN THE UNITED STATES  AND  OTHER  COUNTRIES
    CQL434.3.A73
DICKINSON, JOHN J.
  DISTRIBUTION 3F GAMMARIDtAN
    CSH11.UN4.2 7463
          AMPHIPODA (CRUSTACEA) ON GEORGES BANK
DICKINSON, JOHN J.
ET  AL.
  DISTRIBUTION OF GAMMARIDtAN AMPHIPODA
    BIGHT REGION CSH11-UN4.2 7413
                    CCRUSTACEA) IN THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC
DICKSON* K. L.
  AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY AMD HAZARD ASSESSMENT:  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  FOURTH  ANUUAL
    SYMPOSIUM ON AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY CQH545. W3S9 19793
  3IOLOGICAL DATA IN WATER POLLUTION ASSESSMENT:   QUANTITATIVE  AMD  STATISTICAL
    ANALYSES CQH90 . 57B5B58 3
  ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO  AQUATIC  LIFE  CQH545. W3E833

DICKSON, KENNETH
  RECOVERY AND RESTORATION OF DAMAGED ECOSYSTMMS:   PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE
    INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON THE RECOVERY OF DAMAGED  ECOSYSTEMS  HELD  AT
    VIRGINIA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE AND STATE UMIVESSITY,  BLACKSBURS,  VA,  ON
    MARCH 23-24, 1375 CQH545.I575 19753
         KENNETH L.
  ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS:   PROCEEDINGS  OF  A  WORKSHOP  HELD IN
    WATERVILLE VALLEY, NEW HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST  14-18,  1978 C 3H91 . 57. 35A503
  BIOLOGICAL METHODS FDR THE ASSESSMENT OF WATER QUALITY:  A SYMPOSIUM
    PRESENTED AT THE SEVENTY-FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING,  AMERICAN SOCIETY  FOR
    TESTING AND MATERIALS CQH91 .57 . B5S95 19723
  BIOLOGICAL MONITORING OF WATER AND  EFFLUENT QUALITY  CTD423.S?0  19753
  8IOTRANSFGRMATIOM AND FATE OF CHEMICALS IN  THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT:
    PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP HELD AT THE UNIVERSITY OF  MICHIGAN  BIOLOGICAL
    STATION, PELLSTON, MICHIGAN, 14-18 AUGUST,  1979  EQrt 530 .5. B563
  MODELING THE FATE OF CHEMICALS IN THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS  CQH545.W3M63
    19313

DIEMER, FERDINAND P.
  ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN OCEAN MEASUREMENTS FOR MARINE BIOLOGY  C QH91 .57. A1A33
OIENER, RICHARD ft.
  COOPERATIVE GULF OF MEXICO ESTUARINE  INVENTORY  AND  STUDY—TEXAS:
    DESCRIPTION ISK361.A2C3 3933
                                                AREA
DIERSING, VICTOR E.
  DISTRIBUTION AND SYSTEMATICS OF THE RABBITS  CSYLVILZ3US)  OF  THE  WEST-CENTRAL
    MEXICO CQL1.S54 NC. 2793
                                  3-1/3

-------
                   "NVIRCNMENTAL  RESEARCH LABORATORY
                      GJLP  sREEZE,  FL3RIOA  32551
                             AUTHOR INDEX
                         (12/12/83    ?A3E 219)

 •1ACU3A, PA'JL
  ELSEVIER'S  DICTIONARY  OF EOTANY  CQK9-E47 VOL. ID
JAJDOCKSt r^CSALIE  F.
  REVISION QF  RECEMT  BAIRDIIDAE  COSTSACODA) £Q11.US NO. 2953

MAJELEY, CHARLES R.
  VIRUS MGilPHCLOSY  CQR360. .4323

.1AJRID, SUSScCSETARIA  3E  L3  MARINA MERCANTE. DIREC:iON GtNcRAL DE PESCa
  MASITIMA
     PRCCEE3IMGS OF  THE  SIXTH IMTERMATIONAL SEAWEED SYMPCSIJM C3K564.I53  19S83

"•1AGHAN, 5RJCE  W.
       0^ MEXICO SrIRIM!*  ATLAS CSK3S1.A2C2 3123
:iA^L'JMf D. DENMIS,  ET  AL.
  JEVELCPK£KTAL TOXICOLOGY  OF ENERGY-RELATED P3LLUTANTS CQL991.H36 1977D

.MAHOODt R03ERT K.
  ^EPO.^T OM  THE COOPERftTIVc BLUE CRA3 STUDY - SOUTH ATLANTIC STATES
    EQL444.D3R46J

MAIR, WILLIAM GEORGE  PARKED
  ATLAS OF T.HE ULTR AST RUCTURE 3F DISEASEO HUMAN MUSCLE CRC925.1233

MAIZELL, R3B2RT  :DdA3D
  HOW TO FIND CHEMICAL  INFORMATION:   A GUIDE F3R PRACTICING CHEMISTS,
    TEACHERS, AND  STUDENTS  CQD3.5.^.343

MAJKA, JOSEPH THDf'AS
  ADSOt^PTI3N, M03ILITY  AND  DEGRADATION OF CYAN4ZINE AND OIJRON IN SOILS
MAKI, A. W.
  ESTIMATING  THE  HAZARD  OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC LIFE CQH545. W3E833

MAKI, ALAN W.
  ANALYZING THE  HAZARD  EVALUATION PROCESS:  PR JCEE3IMGS 3F A WORKSHOP HELD  IN
    WATE3VILLE VALLEY,  NEW HAMPSHIRE,  AUGUST 1^-18, 1978 C 3H91 . 57 . 35A503
  3IOTSANSFORMATICN  AN3  FATE Or CHEMICALS IN THE A3UATIC ENVIRONMsMT:
    PRZCEE3IWGS  OF  A WORKSHOP HELD AT  THE JNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN BIOLOGICAL
    STATION),  PELLSTOM,  MICHIGAN,  14-18 AUGUST, 1979 CQH530 . 5. B 563
  MODELING THE FATE  OF  CHEMICALS  IM THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS C 3H545 . *I3^63
    19813

dALAKHOV,  5.  G.
  SYMPOSIUM DN ENVIRONMENTAL TRANSPORT AND TRANSFORMATION 3F PESTICIDES
    CEPA-600/9-73-3030

MALANCHUK, JOHN
  EFFICIENT ALGORITHMS  FOR SOLVING SYSTEMS CF ORDINARY DIFFER E MTIAL  EQJATUNS
         ECOSYSTEM MODELING CSPA-500/3-30-0373
                                   B-l/4

-------
I
                  ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                     GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA  32531
                           SUBJECT INDEX
                        (12/15/83   PAGE  20)

AQUATIC ANIMALS
  ACUTE AND CHROMIC TQXICITY OF HCM TO FISH AND INVERTEBRATES
    CEPA-600/3-79-0090
  AVAILABILITY DF SEDIMENT-ADSORBED SELECTED PESTICIDES  TO  9ENTH3S  WITH
    PARTICULAR EMPHASIS ON DEPOSIT-FEEDING IN FAUNA  ETA7.W34 NO.  D-77-34IJ
  BROWNS FER3Y 8IOTHERMAL RESEARCH SERIES: II. EFFECTS OF TEMPERATURE  ON
    3LUEGILL AND WALLEYE, AND PERIPHYTON, MACROINVERTE3RATE, AMD  ZOQPLANKTON
    COMMUNITIES IN EXPERIMENTAL ECOSYSTEMS CEPA-600/3-79-0923
  ?4ETHQDS ^OR THE ESTIMATION OF PRODUCTION OF SQUATIC  ANIMALS  CQL120.W55131
I
[AQUATIC ANIMALS, EFFECT OF WATER POLLUTION ON
  CONSIDERATIONS IN SELECTING 3IOASSAY ORGANISES  FOR  DETERMINING  THE  POTENTIAL
    ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF DREDGED MATERIAL CTA7.t-J34 NO.  EL-81-83
  EFFECTS OF LOW LEVELS OF OIL ON AQUATIC 3IRDS EQH91.3.Q4B580
  EFFECTS OF PETROLEUM ON ARCTIC AND SUBARCTIC MARINE ENVIRONMENTS  AND
    ORGANISMS:  VOL. i., NATURE AND FATE OF PETROLEUM  CGC1085.E34  VOL.  10
  EFFECTS OF PETROLEUM ON ARCTIC AND SUBARCTIC MARINE ENVIRONMENTS  AND
    ORGANISMS:  VOL. II., BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS CGC1085-E34 VOL.  113
  EFFECTS OF SELECTED POLLUTANTS ON GRAZER UTILIZATION  OF  AUFWJCHS
    ^DISSERTATION CLARK3
  ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO  AQUATIC  LIFE  CQH545.W3E830
  LABORATORY STUDIES QM THE EFFECTS OF OIL CM MARINE  ORGANISMS:   AN OVERVIEW
    CQH91.8.04L30
  POLLUTION ECOLOGY OF ESTUA3INE INVERTEBRATES CQH541.5.E8P643

iQUATlC ANIMALS, EFFECT OF WATER POLLUTION ON--BIBLIOGRAPHY
  aCROLEIN, DALAPON, DICHLOBENIL, OlQUAT, AND ENDOTHAL:  BIBLIOGRPPHY OF
    TOXICICTY TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS CSH11.A4293 NO,  830

 QUATIC ANIMALS, EFFECT OF WATER POLLUTION ON--CONGR5SSES
  ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS:  PROCEEDINGS OF  A  WORKSHOP HELD  IN
    WATESVILLE VALLEY, NEW HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST 14-18, 1978 CJH91.57.35ft501
  AQUATIC POLLUTANTS AMD BIOLOGIC EFFECTS WITH EMPHASIS ON  NEOPLASIA  CQH.N5
    VOL. 2980
  AQUATIC POLLUTANTS:  TRANSFORMATION AND SIOLUGICUL  EFFECTS  C3H543.W3I570
  AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY AND HAZARD EVALUATION:  PROCEEDINGS OF THE  FIRST ANNUAL
    SYMPOSIUM ON AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY?  A SYMPOSIUM/  SPONSORED  BY  ASTM  COMMITTEE
    E-35 GM PESTICIDES CQH545.W3S95 19760
  AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY:  PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECOND  AMNUAL SYMPOSIUM  ON  AQUATIC
    TOXICOLOGY:  A SYMPOSIUM/ SPONSORED BY ASTM COMMITTEE  E-35  ON  PESTICIDES,
    AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AMD MATERIALS, CLEVELAND,  OHIO,  31 OCT.-l
    NOV. 1977 IQH545.W3S95 19770
  AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY:  PROCEEDINGS OF THE THIRD ANNUAL  SYMPOSIUM  OM AQUATIC
    TOXICOLOGY:  A SYMPOSIUM SPONSORED BY ASTM COMMITTEE E-35  ON  PESTICIDES,
    AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS, NEW ORLEANS,  LA,  17-18  OCT.
    1978 C3H545.W3S95 19780
  ASSESSMENT Oc SU3LETHAL EFFECTS OF POLLUTANTS IN  THE  SEA:   A  ROYAL  SOCIETY
    DISCUSSION ORGANIZED BY H. A. COLE IN COLLABORATION WITH  THE  MARINE
    POLLUTION SU3COM?4ITTEE OF THE BRITISH NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  DM  OCEANIC
    RESEARCH HELD JN 24 AND 25 MAY 1978 CGC1085.R63
  BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF FRESHWATER POLLUTION:  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  COURSE HELO
    AT THE JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE, ISPRA, ITALY, 5-9 JUNE 1978  CQH545.W3B56
    19793
                                    3-1/5

-------
                               L  RESEARCH  LA80R3iTOR¥
                     GULF 3REcZ£*  FLORIDA  325S1
                            SUBJECT  INDEX
                        (12/15/83    PAGE  136)

 NVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
  RECEIPT ADVANCES IN THE ASSESSMENT  OF  THE  HEALTH EFFE:TS 3F ENVIRONMENTAL
    POLLUTION  INTERNATIONAL  SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS,  PaRIS9 JUME 2^-28, 1974
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH—CANADA
  CA3E3FURAN3  CRITERIA FOR INTERPRETING  THE  EFFECTS 0= ITS USE ON
    ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY  IOCS  NRCC  NQ» 167403

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH — COLLECTED  WORKS
  CHROMATC3RAPHY OP ENVIRONMENTAL  HEALTH  CRA565.F573

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH — EVALUATION
  PRINCIPLES FDR EVALUATING CHEMICALS  IN  THE  ENVIRONMENT:  A REPORT OF THE
    COMMITTEE C0? THE .-JORKING CONFERENCE  0!\i  PRINCIPLES OF PROT3CJLS FOR
    EVALUATING CHEMICALS IN THE  ENVIRONMENT,  ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES BOARD,
    NATIONAL ACADE'-IY OF SCIENCES-NATIONAL ACADEMY 3F ENGINEERING, AND
    COMMITTEE ON TJXICQL3G1/, NflTIOMAL  RESEARCH  COUNCIL CRA566.:66 19753
  .^ISK ASSESSMENT DF EMVIR3NMENTAL HAZARD CRA5S6-K37D

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH — EVALUATION — CONGRESSES
  EVALUATION OF TOXICOLOGICAL 3ATA FOR THE PROTECTION DF PUBLIC HE1LTH
    CRA1199.C64 19763
  IN VITRO TOXICITV TESTING OF  ENVIRONMENTAL  A3ENTS:  CURRENT AND FUTURE
    POSSIBILITIES CRfl555.A2N37  1379D

ENVIROWMENTAL HEALTH — STANDARDS
  rIETHGDOLGGlCAL APPROACHES TO  DERIVING EN^/IROSSMENFAL AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
    STANDARDS ERA556.C27 19781

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH — UNITED STATES
  AMERICA THE POISONED CRA565oR333

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AMALYSIS
  ADAPTIVE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT  AND MANAGEMENT CTD194 . 5. A333
  ALXYL 3E^2ENES C3C341 .H9.N373
  ECOLOGY ;AND ANALYSIS OF  TRACE  CONTAMINANTS  -  PROGRESS REPORT OCTOBER
    1973 — 5EPTEM3ER 1974 CTD194.5.E3 19753
  cN\/I.?t];jM^NTAL RISK ANALYSIS FOR  CHEMICALS  ITD196. C45E533
  ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL  SUBSTANCES  TO AQUATIC LIFE CQH545, .J3E831
  REGULATING PESTICIDES IS3970.4. U 5N37 1980D

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AMALYSIS — CONGRESSES
  ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION  PROCESS:  PR3CEE3INGS OF A W3RKSHCP HELD IN
    WATERVILLE VALLEY* NEW HAMPSHIRE,  AUGUST  1^-18,  1978 C JH91 . 57. 35A50D
  AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY AMD HAZARD  ASSESSMENT:   P?OCEtDINGS OF THE FIFTH ANNUAL
    SYfJiPCSIUMM OM AQUATIC  TOXICOLOGY.-   A  SYMPOSIUM SPONSORED Bf ASTM C3M"1ITT^£
    E-35 OM PESTICIDESs PHILADELPHIA,  PA, 7-8 3CT. 1980 CQH545.W3S9 1930]
  3IDLOGICAL EVALUATIOM 2F ENVIRDN^ENTAL  IMPACTS:  PROCEEDINGS OF A SYMPOSIUM
    AT THE MEETING OF THE  ECOLOGICAL SOCIETY  0= THE  AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
    3I3L3GICAL SCIENCES £QH545« A, B 5643
                                   3-1/6

-------
I
                   ENVIRONMENTAL  RESEARCH LABJR*T3R'ATE3 — POLLUTION — EN VI COMMENT AL  ASPECTS — CONGRESSES
  ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION  PROCESS:  PR3CEEDI^GS OF A KQRXSHOP HELD  IN
    i-JATE^VILLE VALLEY, NEW  HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST U-18, 1978 C 3H91.57. 35A503
  AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY A^O HAZAR3  ASSESSMENT:  PROCEEDINGS GF THE FIFTH ANNUAL
    SYMPOSIUM 3N AQUATIC TJXICCLOGY:  A SYMPOSIUM SPONSO^EJ 3Y ASTM COMMITTEE
    E-35 CM PESTICIDES,  PHILADELPHIA , PA» 7-8  DCT. 1980 CQ4545.W3S9 1930J
  HYOROCARiJOiMS AMO HALCGENATEO HYDROCARBONS IN  THE AQU4TIC ENVIRONMENT
    E
-------
                  ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                     GULF 3REEZE, FLORIDA  32551
                         CIRCULATION REPORT
                        ( I/ 7/84   PAGE   29)
          TITLE
                                  BORROWER
.ENVIRONMENTAL DUALITY
RESEARCH—FATE 0- TOXIC JET
FUEL COMPONENTS IN AQUATIC
SYSTEMS
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY--1982:
13TH AWAL REPORT DF THE
 OUNCIL ON ENVIRONMENTAL
DUALITY
                                          PAUL
                                RICHARDS NDRM
 N1/IRCMMENTAL STATUTES
ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS AMD FISH
 ISEASES
ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY

[ENVIRONMENTAL TRENDS

ENZYMATIC 3A5is OF
DETOXIFICATION

ENZYMATIC 3ASIS OF
bETOXIFICATION, VOL. II

ENZYMATIC OXIDATION OF
iTOXICANTS: PROCEEDINGS OF A
CONFERENCE HELD AT NORTH
CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY AT
RALEIGH, RALEIGH, NORTH
CAROLINA

EPQXY RESIM CHEMISTRY:  3ASED
DN A SYMPOSIUM SPOMSORED 3Y THE
[DIVISION OF ORGANIC COATINGS
AWD PLASTICS AT THE 176TH
BETING DF THE AMERICAN
CHEMICAL SOCIETY, '4IAMI BEACH,
FLORIDA, SEPTEMBER 11-15, 1978
 ROTIC OCEAN; HANDBOOK FOR
 EACHCOM3ERS
ESSENTIAL INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ESSENTIALS OF PRACTICAL
MICROTECHNIQUE
                                COUCH  JOHN

                                COUCH  JOHN


                                MCKENNEY  CHUCK

                                DAVIS  WILL

                                SCriOOR W  P


                                SCHOQR W  P


                                SCHOOR W  P
                                SCHOOR W P
I
 STIMATING THE HAZARD OF
CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC
r
                                SPAIN JIM


                                WALSH GERALD

                                COUCH JOHN


                                30RTHWICK PAT
                                                    CALL #
                                                 DCS  A3A-139  790
                                                 -HC110.E5E23
                                                 1982
                                                 KF3775.A3  1979

                                                 SH171.W43


                                                 QH545.A1R8  1977

                                                 DCS  US.CEQ  7

                                                 CPH01.E515
                                                 -3P601.E515
                                                 VOL.  II

                                                 QP941.EN9
                                                 TP1180.E6359
QL121.R83


QL362-L29 1979

QH207.G3


QH545.W3E88
                       DATE

                     82-05-29
                     33-08-08
                     80-03-12

                     33-05-31


                     81-02-03

                     32-04-05

                     83-05-02


                     83-05-02


                     83-02-22
                     80-07-09
30-03-05


32-07-15

72-05-01


30-12-16
                                   8-1/8

-------
                                 RESEARCH LftEDRUOR?
                     GULF  oREElc,  FLORIDA  325S1
                         CIRCULATION  REPORT
                         C  I/  7/84   PAGE   Z)
iC^ROL'ER'S NAME : -JOSTHWICK  PAT

               TITLE                 AUTHOR

 171 U'3aX630X                    aOJD PATRICIA 3
                      :AI_L
AUUATIC iNVE.nE63ATE BICASSAYSS  SUIKEMA,  A.  L.
A SYMPOSIUM SPONSORED  3Y  ASTM    CAIRNS,  JOHN
COMMITTcE 3-iy CM HATERt
AMERICAN SJCIETY F3R TESTING
AND MATERIALS, B.ACKSBuRG,  V A ,
27-29, S=PT., 1977
                  1F5333.WB7  1979
                  :. 2

                  -CH90.57.B5AS8
                  :. 2
                                 GLASS,  GARY E.
                                 SOKAL,  ROBfRT 3,
                                 ROHLr,  F»  JAMES
                                 ZIMKOWSKI,
                                 WICHDLAS  8.
                  -QH90.57B5S
                  C. 2

                  'JH405.S6
                  TN371.3.Z55
3IJASSAY TECHNIQUES AND
EWVIRONMcNTAL CHEMISTRY

JIJWcT?Y - THE P.?IMCIPLES  At
PRACTICE Cr STATISTICS I,M
3ULCGICAL RESEA:^

COMMERCIAL OIL-FIELD DIVING
COUNCIL OF BIOLC5Y EDITORS
STIfLr MANUAL

JSVELOPMcNT OF A RECEIVING
.-JATER DUALITY 3IDASSAY
CRITERION 3ASED DM THE 48-HOUR
PACIFIC OYSTER (CR^SSCSTREA
JIGAS) EM3RYD
DIVER'S rtAMD3COK OF UNDERWATER   TUCKER,  WAYNE :.  1/M981.T82
CALCULATIONS

ESTIMATING THE HAZARD  OF         CAIRNS,  JOHN, JR.  3H545.W3583
CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC   DICKSOM9  K.  L.
LIFE                             MA HI,  A.  W.
                  -Z250.6B5C64
                  C. 5

MCSLKEt CHARLES   3L433.SGS1
E.                NC. 3
     CHEMICALS HANOB30K  19-J3
.-IrLD GUiDE TO THE ATLANTIC
SEASHORE
                  -S.i631.F3  1933
                  :. 2

GOSNER KEN.METH L. -QH9J.7GS7 1^7
                  C. 3
-ISHES Or THE GULF Or  MEXICO,    HOESE  rt.  DICKSJN  -QL621.5i.H63
TEXAS, LQUISIA.\iAj AND  ADJACEJJT                     C. 5
JATE^S
  D^TE

81-34-29


83-07-25
80-01-14


74-07-01



82-07-12


82-07-01


79-06-25
81-1)1-1 i


80-12-15



82-33-23


79-J7-12


73-04-27
FISHES OF THE .NiO^THFRN  GUL:r  OF   WALLS  JERRY
ilEXICC
                  -QL621.5SW2  C.  4   1975
                                   3-1/9

-------
                   = NVHOMMcNTAL  RESEARCH
                      GULF  3REEZE.  FLORIDA  325S1
                             JOURNAL  INDEX
                         (12/15/83    PA3E  15)

          JOURNAL  OF  T^E FLORIDA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. PUSR: FL3RIDA  ACADEMY
  JF SCIENTISTS.// GUlAiESVILLE.  FL.// 1936 — , tfOL. 1~. MOTES: LIBRARY  HAS
  VOL. 30 CU7*) Tl  \/OLo 35  (1972).  MA ME CHAMG5D TO FL3RIDA SCIENTIST.  SEE
  FLORIDA SCIENTIST  FOR  4DOITIONAL HOLDINGS.
     'tJLV rlEVIrfci CF 3I3LOGY.  PUB??:  STOMY BROOK FQUMDATI ON . // STONY  BR03K,
  MY.// 1926 — , VOL. 1--.  MOTES:  LIBRARY HAS VJLS. 46-50 (1971-1975)  OM
  '-1ICR3FIL.-U VCLS* 51-54  (1976-1979)  ARE ON MI CROFICHE ; VOL. 55  (1980) TO
  CUSSrMT IS PAPER COPY,

REGULATORY TDXIC3L3GY  AND  PHARMACOLOGY.  PU3R: ftCADEMIC PRESS.//  MEM YORK.//
  1981 — , "JOTES: LIBRARY  HAS  VCL.  2 (1982).

RESEARCH C3MMUMICATIDNS IN CHEMICAL PATHQL3GY ^ND PHARMACOLOGY.  ?U3R: P  J  3
  ?U3LICATICMS.// ,J£5T3U^Y,  NY.//  1970 — ,  VOL. 1 — . MOTES: LIBRARY  HAS VOLS.
  7-34 (1S74-1381).  T--1IS  IS  MOT  A  CURREMT SUBSCRI PTIOM.
    t INT£7NATIC?«]ALE D 'CCE ANOGRAPH IE  MEDICALE. PUBR: I^JSTITUT  RATIONAL  DE  LA
  SAMT2 cT DE LA R.ECHE3CHE  MEDICALE.// NlCi,  FSAiMCE.// 1965 — . NJTES:
  LIJR^RY HAS VOL. 21  (1971)  TO  PRESENT.

      E. PUBR: A^E^ICAM  ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVAMCEMENT 3F SCIENCE.//
        GTSNi DC.// 1833—.  NOTES:  LIBRARY HAS VOLS. 155-190 (1957-1975)  OM
        JL'i: VDLS. 191-218  (1976-1382) ARE ON 4ICR3FIC;iE; VOL. 219  (1933)  TO
  PRiS^NT IS P^P.:R COPY.

SCIENTIFIC AME3ICAM. PJBR:  SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN INC.// NELJ YORK. MOTES:
  LIBRARY ^3AS VOL. 206  (1962)  TO VJL. 233 (1975) 0:M MISRQFILM; VOL.  234
  (1976) T3 VCL. 2^7 (1932)  IS OM 'IICR'JFICHE ; VOL. 248 (1933)  TO  PRESENT  IS
  PAPER COPY.

SELECTED WATER RES3URCES  ABSTRACTS. ?U3R: JATE1 RESOURCES SCIEMTIFIC
  INFuRMATIOW Ci^TER.//  OErJVER,  CO.// 1968 — , l/OL. 1 — . MOTES: LIBRARY  HAS
  VOL. 1 (1968) TC VOL.  6 (1973) IN PAPER; VOL. 7 (1974) T3 V0_.  9  (1976)  IS
  JN MICROFILP!; VCL. 10  (1977) IS 3N  MICROFICHE; V3L. 11 (1978) TO  PRESENT
  IS PAPHR COPY.
SC'JTH AFRICA DIVISION  3F  SEA  FISHERIES BULLETIN. PJBR:
  FISHERIES INSTITUTE.//  CAPE TO/!N,  SOUTH AFRICA, NJCTES: LIBRARY H*S  V3L.  11
  TO P*ESE,\iT,

SPJRT FISHERY ABSTRACTS.  PUBR:  UNITED STATES. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE.//
  WASHIN3T3N, DC.//  1955 — .  NOTES:  LIBRARY HAS VOL. 2 C1955) T3 PRESENT.

STAIM TcCh?JCLC3Y.  PU3R: WILLIAMS AMD WILKINS.\V 3A.TIM3RH, MO.V\ 1926 — ,
  VOL. i — . NOTES: LIBRARY  HAS  VOL.  i (1925) TO vo... 51 (U7&) ON  ^icR3FiLM;
  VOL. 52 (1977) T3  PRESENT  IS  PAPER C3PY.

SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY.  PU3R:  ALLEN ?RESS INC.// UtoREMCE, KS.// 1952--,  V3L.
  1 — . MOTES? «.I3RaRY  HAS  VCLS. 1-25 (1952-197S); VOL. 24 (1975) IS PAPER
  COPYS VOLS. 26-31  (1977-1982) ARE  3N MICROFICHE; VOL. 32 (1933)  TO  PRESEMT
  IS PAPER COPY.
                                   J-l/10

-------
                   ENVnOtiMcNTAL  RESEARCH
                      GJLr  3REEZ&9  FLORIDA  32551
                              TITLE INDEX
                         (12/13/83    PAGE 619)

 i¥ST:M FOR T'HE D »T^R,-1I NATION  Oc  CHRLMTC EFFECTS OF PCLLUTAMTS  3N  THE
  PHYSIOLi»iY A.JD BEHAVIOR  OF  MARINE ORGANISMS.\\ LIVINGSTON, R3BERT  J.,  ET
  AL.\\ FLJRIC;  COOPERATIVE  EXTENSION SERVICE. MARINE ADVISORY  SERVICE.
  GAINESVILLE? FA., \\  1974o  SERIES: FLORIDA SEA GRiNT PRuGRAM;  NJ.  4.   SUBJ;
  '-1ARIME FAUMA —JE i& VI3R\_£STUARINE =COL3GY\_PESTi:iDE S--E 'JVIR ONME AiTAL
  ASPECTS :GC3«F53 NO.  43

SYSTEMATIC MQN2G3APH  OF  THE  TONGUE SOLES OF THE GEMUS CY^C^LOSSUS
  HAMILTON-BUCHANAN! (PISCES:   CYNOSLOSSIDAE). \VM£N3N» A. Go K.  PUBR:
  SMlTrtSOMIAM INSTITUTION  PRESS.\\ WASHINGTON, DC.\\ 1377.  SERIES:
  SKITriSONlAN CONTRIBUTIONS  TO ZOOLOGY? NO. 233.  SU3JJ CY^OGLOSSUS.
       S54 NQe 2383
SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY.  PU3RS  ALLEN  PRESS INC.\\ Lftb/RtMCEs KS.S>\  1552--,  V3L.
  1 — . NOTES= LI.jRARY  -)AS  VOLS.  1-25 (1952-1S7SK VOL. 24  (1975)  IS  PAPER
  COPY? VCLS. 26-31  (1977-1982)  ARE ON MICROFIIHE; VOL. 32  (1983)  TO  P^ESEM
  IS PAPER CDPYo    CPERIDDICALX3

SYSTiMATICS AND ARcAL  DISTRIBUTION OF PELAGIC CEPH^LOPjDS  FROM  THE StAS 3FF
  SOUTHERN CALIFDR\JIA.\\  Y3U.NG»  RICHARD £. PUBR: SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION
  ?R£SS^\\ W^SHIMGTO^j  OC.\\  1972. SERIES: SMIITHSOMI^N C3NTRIB JTIO.NJS  T3
  ZOJLDGYi NO. 97o   SU3J:  CEPHAL-OP JDA--CAL1FQR Mid ,
  SOUTH£RN\_CEPHAL3PaDA — PACIFIC COAST.  C3L1.S54 MO. 971

iYSTEPWTICS AKO JICLOGY QF THE TILcFISMES ( PERCIFORMESS  BR ANCHIOSTEGI 3A £
  AND ?1ALACA^T:^I3A.E)0  ^ITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES. \\ 30JLEY,  JAMES
  iU\\ UNITED iT.^T'-So  MATIJNAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE. PJBR:  E,MV
                       CEWT2R.\\  30CKVILLE. MD.\\ 1973. SJRIcS:  NDAA
                    NMFS CIRCULAR 411.  SUBJ: TZLEFISHES.   CSKSSI.A^CZ
SYSTEMATIC* AhJO  5VDLUTICM  OF THE M3INIOAE . V\ GOULDEN, :LYOE  £.
  AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL  SOCIETY. \S, PHILADELPHIA, PA.\\ 1968.  SERIES:
  AMERICAN PrilLOSCPHICAL  SOCIETY,  PHILADELPHIA. TRANSACTIC MS,  Vied  SER.,
  V. 58, PT0 60   SJBJ2  M3INIDAH\_M3IMA.  CJli.3730

SVST'EMATICS AND  LIFE  HIST0.1Y OF THE GRiAT BARRACUDA:  SPHY^AENA  BARRACUDA
  (l3I AN I-JSTITUTION PRESS, \\ WASHINGTON,  DC.\\
  1972o SERIES?  SMITHSONIAN COMTRI 3UTI 3NS TO Z30LOGY; \30.  102.   SUij:
  SYNID07eA\_Ci«USTAC=A— CALIFORNIA.  CQL1.S54 \JO, 1023
3YSTEf-riATICS AND ZOOGEOGRAPHY  OF  THE dORLOWIDE 3ATHPELAGIC  SQUI3
  JATHYTCULHIS (CF 5HALOPODA :  G£G JP SIOA) .\\ ROPERj, SLVDc F.  E.  PU1R:
  SMITHSONIAN IN5T:T'JTIO>J.\\  WASHI'JGTOM, DC.\\ 1969, ScRIESS  UNITES  STATcS
  NATIONAL M'JScUM  7:ULLI-TIN  291.   SJBJS  BAT.^ YLE JTHIA\_C EPHALOPO 3A —
  GcuG^APHlCAL DISTRIB JTIO.^\_S JUID .  CJ11-U6 N3. 2slO
                                   3-1/11

-------
                   ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                      GJLr 3REEZE, FLDRIDA 32561
                         PUBLICATIONS ON ORDER
                        C  I/ 7/34   PAGE   2)
           TITLE
                                    AUTHOR
CRDEtf DATE
NDTES
.1AZA3DDUS  AND  INDUSTRIAL SOLID
,-JASTc TcSTI.MG:   2ND  SYMPOSIUM
 TfcCHNOLQSY

 JluCrtci-JICAL  BASIS  IF  COMICAL
 TtSATOiSNESIS

 3I3LOGY 34*  CURltNT  TITLES IN
 THE dIDLOGICAL  SCIENCES

 3I3LOGY OF CRUSTACEA,  VOL.  6:
 PATHIOJI3L3GV

 3IOLOGY OF CRUSTACEA,  VOL,  T.
 3JEHAVI38 A:JD ECUL05Y

 3IGLOGY JF CRUSTACEA,  VOL.  8:
icNVI20NM.:NTAL  ADAPTATI3NS
                                        t R. A
            THE  PRINCIPLES AND
PRACTICE  OF  STATISTICS IM
3IDLJGICAL  RZS^A^C.H

3CJKS IM  PRINT  1983-84

C2E STYLt MANUALs  5T» ED,


'COLUMBIA  JJU.INU  OF
iCDMP'JTcR IMAGE  GEWERATIOi-J
COMPUTER  NETWORKS  AND THEIR
PROTOCOLS
CONDENSED  CHEMICAL  DICTIONARY
CONGRESSIONAL  I'ELLDW  B20K
CONSUMER  RiPDRTS  WITH BUYING
GUIDE

CUrJTSCL PROCESSES IN  FISH
PHYSIOLOGY
                                  JJCHAUi M.
                                  VER3NERG
                                  S3KAL
                                  SCHACHTER
  83-10     DROEREO  FOR  DUKE
            PARRISH

  33-10-24  3RDERED  FOR  DR.
            RICHftRDS
  33-10-13  3RDEREO FO^
            DAVIS

  33-12-13
                                  PROVE^3ZAN^, A, J.  33-10
                                                     83-10
            DRDERED FOR
            CHUCK MCiCEMNcY
  83-10


  83-OB-30



  83-10

  84-01-36  4 COPIES ON
  83-12-22  3RDEREO  FOR  DR.
            RICHARDS

  83-13     DRDERED  FO!?
            MCERLEAN
            SYDER

  83-10     DRDE3ED  FOR
            MCERLEAN
            RYDE?

  83-05-10

  83-12-12  DRDERED  FO*
            aDMIMISTRATIDN

  83-12-03  DRDERED  FOR
            3UKE

  83-12-08
                                   B-l/12

-------
                                 RESEARCH
                      GULF  3REtZEi>  FLORIDA  32551
                              TITLE INDEX
                         (12/13/83   PAGE 119)

:GMPRcHENSIV£  SNVISO.MMENTAL .RESPONSES, COMPENSATIONS, AND  LIABILITY ACT 3F
  1980
  SEE SUP ci? FUN 3 -  COMPREHENSIVE £N VISO'MMENT AL 3ESPuNSE9  COMPENSATION,, 4ND
    LIABILITY  PCT  CF  1389  ^VERTICAL FILE S3

COMPUTATION! AND INTERPRETATION OF  3IDL3GICAL STATISTICS  OF  FISH
  ?OPULATIJi\!So\\ RICXERo  WILLIAM EDWIN* PU3RJ FISHERIES  RESEARCH 33ARD OF
  CANADAoNA OTTAWAo\\ 1969° SERIES? 3ULLETIN 0= THE FISHERIES  RESEARCH BOARD
  UF CANADA; NTo I91o   SU3JS  FISH  POPULATI 3NS--STATISTICAL  METHODS*
  ZSri223=A344  MC=  1913

COMPUTER ACRGNlfMSs  A363E VI ATICMS v  tTC0\\ WRATH4LL? Co  P»  PJBKS  PETROCELLI
  iOJKSo\\ 1981o NOTES:  ORDERED FOR 3ETTY JACKSOHo   CSN  ORDER  83-08-153
C01PUTZR IMAGE G =N€R ATIOMo \\ SCHACHTERo PU3RS rJILE!/<,\\  NEW  YDR<0\\ 1983«
  MCTE5S C^DS^^D  FDR  MCESLcAN/R YDER „    CON ORDER 83-103

CC.-IP'JTtR NETvJO^K  PROTOCOL  FOR LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIE^3CZ
  AP?LICATIOf>lSo\\  ^CLIS/MBS  TASK FORCE DM COA-1PJTER NETWORK  PROTOCOL.  PUBS:
  MATIL-NAL CDMMISSIDM 3N  LIBRARIES AND INFORMATION SCIENCE0\\  WASHINGTON,
  UCo\\ 1977o  S;JBJS  LIBIA^Y INFORMATION NETL-JORKS--STA \1DAR OS — JNITED
  STATE S\_^I3R ARIES — C3MMUMI CATI JN SYSTEMS — 5T4NJARDS--UMI TED
  3TUTiS\_LI3RaRY  5CIEMCE — DAT«  PROCESSINS — STAMDaROS — UNITED  STATES^
COMPUTER ^3cT^^IORKS  AND  THEIK  PROTOCOLS.// DAVIESo PUBRS  WILEY.//  NE«J YORK,//
  1979= iMCTESS ORDERED FOR  MCE RLE AM/RVQERo   C3N ORDER  83-103

COMPUTtR NfTWD^KS  IN THE  CHEMICAL LAaO^ATORY:  PRESENTED  IM  PART AS A
  SYMPOSIUM AT T.^E  179TH  NATIONAL MEETING DF T^E AME1ICAN  CHEMICAL SJCIETY9
  HO'JSTO^o TEXAS,  :-!A.5CH5  1980o\\ LEVY0 GEORGr Z „ \_TE 2PST3A 0  DAM»\\ AMERICAN
  CHEMICAL SOCIETY, PU3R:  JOHN WILfY I SONS.\\ N5W  YORiCo\\  1981..  SU3JS
  CO.^PJTI-R NET'-JGRKS — CGNGRiSSESo
COMPUTER SIMULATIOM  TECHNIQUES IN HYDROLOGY ,\\ FLE(J1INGB  3E3R3E.  ?U3R:
  = LSEVIcRo\\ rJE.-J  YCRKo\\  1975o  SERIES! ENtf I RCMME NTAL  SCIEMCE  SERIES.
   YDRJLOGY — SIMULATIOM  *I£THODS\_WATER — SUPPLY — SI HULATIJN  METHOOS.
   PUTER SYSTEMS  PERFORMANCE EVALU ATI CNo \\ FERRARI^ OOMEWICG.  PU3RS
   RENTICE-HALL INC0\\  E MGLE'/jOJD CLIFFS* NJ,\\ 19780   SUaJI  ELECTRONIC
   IGITAL COflPUTERS — EVALUATIOM.   C9A76* 9E94F473

   PUTER-R2AOA3L?  DATA  BASES:   A DIRECTORY AND S3USCE800K. V\  HILLI4MS,
   ARTriA5 ET AL0\\ iLLiNQISo UNIVERSITY AT URS ANA- CHAMPIONo  INFORMATIOM
   ETRIEVAL -RESEARCH LftBORATCRYo PJBR5 AMERICAS! SOCIETY  FOR  INFORMATION!
   cic^c^o^x I-; iSHi;jGTo:-j0  DC«A\ i979«  SUBJ: >IACHINE-READAB.E  BIBLIJG^APHIC
   ATA— -DIlECTJRIESo    CREF  Z699.22.C635 13753

   CfPTUAL MDDEL  F3R THE  MOVEMENT 3F PESTICIDES THROUGH  THE  ENVI20MMJN1T . \\
   ILLETTo JAMrS  fc!» „ ET AL»\\  UNITED STATES. EMVI R3N.MEMTAL  PROTECTION
   GENCYo ^ATICNiL EMVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER*  CORVALLIS,,  OR.  \S,  1974.
   ERIESS EPA-560/3-74-024o    CEPA-660/3-74-02 ^ 3
                                   3-1/13

-------
Contribution System (In-House/Extramural  Publications)
                         B-2

-------
                 EMVIR3NMEMTAL  RESEARCH  LA30RATC2Y
                    GULF  BREEZE,  FLORIDA  32561
                                TITLE
                       C I/  6/84   PAGE  412)
ROSETTE GLANDS IN THE GILLS  OF  THE  GRASS SHRIMP,  PALftEMONETES PUGID. I.
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL  ACTIVITY,  AND INNERVATION
DDJGHTI2, DAMIEL G,, AMD  K.  3ANGA  RA3
J. M3RPHOL. 17K1K41-67.   1982.   EPA-600/ J-32-1 50
JRILLIMS FLUIL//CR307417   3203    0225
P3d2-20734b, PC- A03
ERLG3 X238

Ttv'D TV°ES 3F EXGCRINE  ROSETTE GLANDS  (CALLED TYPE A AND TY°E B), LOCATED IM
THE GILL AXES 3F THE GRASS  SHRIMP,  PALAEMONETES PUGIQ,  ARE DESCRIBED.  THE
TYPE A GLANDS W: EMBEDDED  WITHIN THE  LOMGITUDINAL MEDIAE SEPTJM OF THE GILL
AXES, JIHSREAS THE TYPE B GLANDS  TYPICALLY  PROJECT INTO  THE EFFERENT HE10LYMPH
CHANNELS CF THE GILL AXES.   ALTHOUGH  BOTH  GLANDS  HAVE CE3T-U.N COHM3N
CHARACTERISTICS (I.E., A VARIA3LE NUMBER  OF RADIALLY ARRANGES SECRETORY CELLS,
A CENTRAL INTERCALARY  CE4.L,  AND  A CANAL  CELL THAT FORMS THE CUTICULA3 DUCTULE
LEADING TC THE BRANCHIAL SURFACE),  THEY  DIFFER IM THE FOLLOWING RESPECTS.
Tht TYFE E GLAND IS INME3V4T5D,  3UT THE  TYPE A GLAMD IS fJOF; AXONAL PROCESSES,
CQrtTAITJIWG BOTH GLANDULAR  CCA. 900-1300  A)  AND AGRAN'JLftR (CA. 450-540 A)
VESICLZSs 3CCU^ AT A JUNCTURE 3ETWEEN  ADJACENT SECRETORY CELLS AND THE CENTRAL
CELL 0- THE TYPE B GLAMD.   THE SiiCHETOSY  CELLS OF FYPE  A A^D TYPE 3 GLANDS
DIFFER IN THJ-IR SYNTHETIC  POTEMT1AL AD MEMBRANE SPECIALIZATIONS.  THESE
DIFFERENCES ARE :imE PRONOUNCED  IN  WELL-DEVELOPED, MATURE GLANDS, MOST
FREQUENTLY E,>!C2UMT!:R jD IM  LARGER  (24-23  MM, TOTAL LENGTH) GRASS SHRIMP, THftN
IN THE UNDERDEVELOPED, IMMATURE  GLANDS THAT ARE .-10ST AtJUMDANT IN SMALLER
(14-18 MM, TOTAL LENGTH) GSASS SHRIMP.  THJS,  IN  MATURE GLANDS, THE SECRET3RY
CcLLS OF THE T\PE A SOSETTc  GLANDS  ARE CHARACTERIZED 3Y EXTENSIVE REJJ,
ABUNDANT G3LGIS AMD NUMEROUS SECRETORY GRANULES,  WrfEREftS T'lE SECRETORY CELuS
DF TH£ TYPE 3 GLAND ARE CHARACTERIZED  3Y  EXTENSIVELY INFOLDED EiNQ
INTERD1GITATED 3ASAL PLASMALEMMAS AND  5Y  THE PRESENCE OF NJMER3US
MITOCHONDRIA.  IM GEfJE^AL,  BOTH  TYPES  JF  GLANDS EXHIBIT INCREASED SECRET3RY
ACTIVITY SOON AFTE3 ECDYSIS.  THE CEMTRAL  AND  3ANAL CELLS IN BDTH GLANDS SEEM
TC HAVE A £OLE IM FHc  BONIFICATION  OF  THE  SECRETED MATERIALS,  THE POSSIBLE
FUMCTI3NS ASSIGNED TO  THE  TYPE A  GLAND AND  THE TYPE B GLAND IN3LUDE PHEN3L-
3XIDASE SECRETION AND  QS^IOSEGULAIOM ,  RESPECTIVELY.


ROUND-ROBIN ACUTE TOXICITY  TESTS  WITH  SEVEN CHEMICALS AND LARVAE OF THE
EASTERN OYSTrR (CRASSOSTREA  VIRGINICA) (UNPUBLISHED REPORT)
30RTHVJICK, PATRICK W., AND  JOHN  E.  ALLEN
U.S. EiMVISDNMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY,  ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, GJLF
3REEZE9 FL. 1931.  21  ?.
ERLG3 187

THIS REPuRT CGMTAIMS THE  RESULTS  OF  OYSTER  LARVAL TOXICITY TESTS C3NDUCTED AT
THE U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  AGENCY'S  (EPA)  GJLF 3REEZE LABDRATDRY WITH
SEVEN TEST COMPOUNDS.   Trie  STATIC  JYSTER  LARVAL  TEST WAS OME OF SEVEN MA-RIME
TCXICITY TESTS CHOSEN FOR ROUND-ROBIN  COMPARIS3N  BY THE OFFICE CF SESE^RCH
AND DEVELOPMENT'S MA^I'JE  ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH  LABORATORIES.  THE DATA
PRESENTED HERE blLL BE  ANALYZED AND  COMPARED WITH RESULTS GENERATED IN OTHER
GCvfESiV-IEMT AND CONTRACT LABORATORIES WHICH  PARTICIPATED IN THE INTERLA30SATOR Y
COMPARISON, OR R3UMD-R3BIN.
                                   8-2/1

-------
                 EMVIRDKiMfcNTAL  RESEARCH LABORATORY
                    3ULF  BREEZE,  FLORIDA  32561
                              AUTHOR
                       C I/  6/84    PAGE 120)

CUTICL'i-AS LESIONS IKDUCEO IN  G^ASS SHRIMP EXPOSED F3 HEXAVALcNT CH30MIJM
DOJGHTIEi QANIfL i,,  AMD  K, RAiMG'A  RAO.
j. INVERTED. PATHDL*  42(2):249-253.   1933.
DrflLLIWo FLUIC//CR307417  J203    0367   JOURNAL MANJSCRIPT 13-07
ERLG3 X434
.ULTRAST3UCTU3AL  CHANGES  INDUCED 3Y S'JDIUM PENT ^CHLDROPHEN A TE  IM  TH:  GRASS
SH?IMPfl PALAcf-rjNJT-ZS  PJGICS  IN RELSTIO-M TC THE MOLT CYCLc
3-JGHTIE, 3A;JI^L  Ga,  AMD K,  SAMGA RAJ.
IN:  P^NTACHL01C?H£NCL:   CHEMISTRY, PHARMACOL03Y » .^N9 cNVI ^'
TOXICOLOGY. K. RANGA  R^05  EDITI3RY, PLENU.-l PRESS, NEW Yi3RX, NY
1978,
JRILL1MG FLUID//3SD4541   Q029
£RLG3 X060-
                                                                 PP. 213-25J,
£F=ECTS OF BftRITE AND  USED  DRILLINS  MUDS ON CRJSTACEANS, WITH PARTICULAR
SErERENCS TO TH5 G^ASS  SHRIMP,  PALAEMCMETES PU5I3
CO,MKLI?J, PHILIP J-, DAXilEL  G.  DOUGHTIE,  AN3 K. RANiA R^D,
IN.°  SYMPOSIUM:  RESPASCH ON  ENVIRONMENTAL FATE AND EFFECTS OF DSILLINS
FLUIDS AMD CUTTINGS, J^N, 21-24,  1980,  LAKc 3UENA VISTA, FL., VOL. 2.
AMiRIC^N PETROLEUM  INSTITUTE,  WASHINGTON,  DC.   PP. 912-943. 1980,
DRILLING FLUID//7834541  Q029
£RLG3 X226-
SYMCYTIAL '^lATU^E A>3D  PHA30CYTIC  ACTIVITY OF THE BRANCHIAL PODO:YTES  IN THE
3HASS SHRI"-1P» PALAEMQNcTES  PUGIO
JCJGHTI5, DANIEL G. ,  AMD  K.  RAMGA  ,1AO.
TISSUE & CELL. 13(1) : 93-104.   1931,   EPA-600/J-81-105
DRILLING FLUID/'/^d04541//C^8074l7   Q203   JOURMAL MANUSCRIPT
ERLGB X234
ROSETTE GLANDS IM  THE  GILLS  OF  THE  GRASS SHRIM»t PALAEMONETES PUGI3.  I
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY,  CYCLICAL  ACTIVITY,  AMD INNERVATI3N
DOUGHTIE, DANIEL G., A^JO K,  RAMGA RA3.
J. MJRPH2L. 17Kl>:41-&7.   1982.   E PA-500/ J-32 -150
DRILLING FLUIC//CR307417  J203    0225
P382-207-H4, PC- A33
ERLG3 X238
HISTOPATHCLCGICAL CHANGES  IN  G3ASS  SHRIMP EXPOSED TO CHROMIUM,
PE.-lTACHLJRjPHEMOL., A-iD  DITHI OCAR3A '1ATE 5
SA3, K. .^A^GA9 AMD DANIEL  G.  DGU3HTIE.
 i;j PRCP.
-DULLING -LUID//C;-?807U7   Q203     83-07
:
-------
                  cMVIRTNMcMTAL RESEARCH LA303ATC3Y
                     GULF  BREEZE,  FLORIDA  32561
                               AUTHOR
                       C I/  6/8*   PAGE 319)

SYNCYTIAL MATURE  A^JD  PHAGOCYTIC ACTIVITY OF THE BRANCHIAL  'OOOCYTES  IN THE
GRASS SHRIMP, PMi-AEHDNETES  P'JGIC
OCUGHTIcs DANIEL  G.,  AMD  K.  3ANGA RAO.
TISSUE & CELL.  13<1):93-1C4.   1931.   EPA~60O/J-81-105
DRILLING FLUID//2804341//CR807417  Q203    JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT
ERLG3 X234


ROSETTE GLftNOS  IN  THS  GILLS  OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES  PUGI3.  I.
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL  ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATION
JCUGHTIE, JAMIEL  G.(  AMD  K.  RANGA RAO.
J. MJRPhaL. 171(1)^41-57.   1982.   ^PA-SOQ/J-32-150
JRILLI'MG FLU1D//CR307417   Q203   0225
P6J2-207346, PC-  A03
ERLG8 X238


CC-1PARATIV : ULTRAS FRUCTUSE  OF THSEE  TYPES OF TEGUMENTAL GLANDS IN  THE GILLS
DF THE Gi3ASS SHRIMP,  PALAEMONETES ?UGIQ (ABSTRACT)
DCUGHT1E, 3.G., AND  X.  RANGA  RAO.
A;-;. ZOOL. 19(3):393.   1979»
DRILLING FLUID//1804541   QD29
ERLG3 X236-


HISTOPATHOLOGICAL  CHANGES  IN  G^ASS SHRIMP :XPOSE3 TC CHROMIUM,
P.fMTACHLDRDPHE'JOL,  A;\JD  OITHIOCAR3AMATES
:^AO, K, j?ANGA,  AND  CANlEi.  3.  OQUGHTIE.
 i,M PR29,
-DRILLING =LJIO//CS807417   G203     33-07
MO TECHNICAL IfJFOS'lATIDN  GIVEN AS 3F THIS DATE (83-22-07)
cRLGB X435


EFFECTS dF PiNTACHLO«Q!»H3N JL  (PC?) AMD 2,4-DINIT^OPHZNDL (3NP) O.^J  THE DXYGdN
CGMSJMPTIC.J DF  TISSUES  F30.4  THE 3LUE C«A3, CALLINECTES SAPIDUS,  UNDEK
DIFFERENT JSMCTIC  CC>JDITIO;JS
CAMTELMO, ANGELA  C.,  AND  K.  SAMGA RAO.
CQ:-A,P. LIDCHEM.  PHYSIDL. C  COMP. PH AR.-1ACOL. 6-DC (2 ): 215-219.   1978.
^RILLIJG FLUID//S834541   Q029
ERLGB X028-


:HARACTERISTICS ^F  A  ca(2+)  -ACTIVATED ATPASE FROM THE HEPATQPiNCREAS JF THE
JLUE CRA3, CALLIMECTES  SAPIDUS
:OX, FER2IS R.j AND  K.  RANGA  RAC,
:-MP. 2IOCHE:i.  PHYSIDL. J  COMP. 3I3CHEM. 5 9B(3): 327-331.   1978.
5RILLING FLUID//1804541   Q029
ERLG3 X077-
                                   3-2/3

-------
                  ".-JVIRJN'IEMTAL R:S£A}CH LA30SATO.RY
                     3ULF  33E2ZE,  FLORIDA  32561
                               JOURNAL
                       C I/  7/84   *>A3E  42)

       IE C?  TU'D  TiLEDST SPECIES TO POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
CA3STRACT)

J. MISSo ACADo SClo  XXVCSUPPL0)Sl20o  1980.
•NiCI//^304527  Q030     3THER  83-09
ERLG3 X194


MORPHOLOGY CF PERIPHERAL  BLOOD CELLS Of CYPRIN3D3N VARIE5ATUS  CA3STRACT)

J. MISSo ACADo SCI,  26(S'JPPL0)ol23=  1980..
^CI//RoO*527  3030
ILL (9-13-33)
ERLG3 X195


•iJEMZIGINi TOXICITY  (ABSTRACT)
MASTIto, 3o J,s AMD  l-J«  Ho  GREENWICH
J. MISSo ACADo SClo  26CSJPPL..)11270  1981.
MCI//C3306212  Q035    OTHER   33-09


EXHGSU/^E Ur  A TELEJST  CELL  LINE TO SUSPECTED C^RCIMOSE US
HILL£EJRT» SUSA^  Ao» &»J0  '-lA^TINj  AND 3oDo ELLENOE1?
J. MISSo ACA.Do S:io  25^71-75o  1980.
              ^030
          AT THE  44T.1  AN.MU1L  MrETIMG MISSISSIPPI ACADE1Y  OF  SCIENCES,  MARCH
1930.
ERLG3 X197


MUSETTE GLANOS IM THE  GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETE5  PUGI3.  II.
PREMDLT DUCTUL-.  .REFORMATION:  REPLACEMENT Or CILIARY PROCESSES  3Y  CYTOPLASMIC
PRlCcS^ES IN RELATIOM  TO  GLAND MATURATION
DOJG.HTIEs DA'viIIEL  Ga9 AMD  Ko *A^GA  RAj
J. KORPHDL,  171(l)J6t3-77o   1982.   EPA-SOO/ J-82-149
JRILLIMG FLU!D//CR^07417   Q203
?Sd2-2J733a, P:-  AD2
ERLGB X239


ROSETTE GLANDS IM THE  SILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES  PU5I3.  I.
COMPARATIVE  MORPHOL03Y, CYCLICAL  ACTIVITY, AMD INNOVATION
JC'JGriTIEu DANIEL  G=9 AMD  K. RANGA  RAO
J. MORPHOL.  l71Cl)»4l-o7o   19820   EPfl-500/J-32-150
J3JLLTMG FLUID//CR307417   3203   0225
?cb2-i07346s PC-  A03
ERLGB X238
                                   3-2/4

-------
                 ENVIRONMENTAL  REStARCH LABORATORY
                   GULF  4REEZE,  FLORIDA  32561
                               YEAR
                      C I/  7/84   PAGE 160)

2AIN3C:-! TROUT EM3RYOS:   ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS FOR CARCIN03ENESIS
RESEARCH (A3STSACT)
.HbMDRlCXS, JE*RY  D- ,  THEODORE  R.  KEYERS, JOHN L. CASTEEL,  JOE  E.  NIXON,
PATRICIA M. LOVIELAMDf  AND  GEORGE  S. BAILEY
AiXHU. McET. AM-  ASSOC. CANCER  RES. PROC. 23:58  1932,
MCI     JOURNAL  ARTICLE   83-OS
ILL (5-13-33). NJ COPIES.
ERLG3 X279
DEDUCTION OF PESTICIDE  EXPOSURE  WITH PROTECTIVE CLDTHIMG FOR  APPLICATORS AMD
IIXESS
NAVIES, J.2.9 V.rt.  F1E;DS  H.F.  E?^OS, R.C. DU-MC4N| A. BARQUiT,  C.  MORGA3E,
_.J. PETERS, AMD J.X.  OAMAJSKAS
J. OCCUP. MED. 24C6):4b4-468,   1982.
ERLGB X426
-?ZS?ONS£S OF 25VEL3PING  ESTUARINE  MACROBENTHIC COMMUNITIES
TASATZ, M.S.f J.rl. IVEYf  C.E.  OAL8Q,  AMD J.L. 3GLE53Y
2STUARISS. 5(2):i31-137.   1982.  tP A-600/ J-31-070
5RILLIMG FLUID  QC30
»a32-2364159 PC- A02,  *1F-  A01
ERLGB 413
                                                             TO  DRILLING MUDS
iirSULTS OF AM ADAPTIVE  ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT MODELING WORKSHOP  CONCERNING
>OTE.MTIAL IMPACTS OF  DRILLING  MUDS AND CUTTIMG5 ON THE MARINE  ENVIRONMENT
^U'3LE, Gf^EGOR T.» AUSTIN  K.  ANDREWS, RICHARD A. ELLISON, DAVID B.  HAMILTON,
cICHARJ A. JOHNSON, JA'IES  E.  ROELLE, AND DAVID R. MARMORtK
J.S. E^VIRDNMf'MTAL  PROTECTION  AGENCY, ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY,  GULF
FREEZE, FL. 1932. 54  P.
:RILLI,JG FLUiD//Ep^-79-D-xo5si   32^3
'333-114163, PC- A35*  WAITING  ON COPY FROM NTIS.
EPA-600/9-B2-019
JOSETTE GLftMSS I.J THE  SILLS  OF THE  GRASS SHRIMP, PALAE.-10NETES
}k£MOLT DUCTUL-: IE FORMATION:  REPLACEMENT OF CILIARif PROCESSES
'ROCrSSES IN RELATION)  TO  GLAND MATURATION
JCjGHTiEt JA;«EL G.( A:JD  K,  RAMGA  RAO
3. MURPHOL, 171(15:69-77.  1982.  £ PA-6DO/J-82-14 9
)RiLLI,MG FLUID//CR307417   "203
>5d2-2D7333, PC- A02
ERLGB X239
                                                                PUGIO.  II.
                                                                3Y  CYTOPLASMIC
JOSETTE GLANDS IN THE  GILLS  OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES  PUGIO.  I
COMPARATIVE :?CRPHOLOGY,  CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATIQN
JOUGHTIE, OANIEL G., AMD K.  RAMGA RA'O
J, MORPHOL. 171(1)^41-67,   1982. E 9A-600/J-82-150
)RILLi;JG FLUID//CR3074I7  3203   0223
'B32-207345, PC- A33
IRLG3 X238
                                   6-2/5

-------
                                          LABORATORY
                     GULF  BSEiZf,  FLORIDA  32561
                             CONTRIBUTION
                        ( 2/24/84    PAjE 139)

 SYuCYTJAl. MATURE VJD P'1A3GCYTIC  ACTIVITY OF THE 3R.AMCHIAL  ?CDO:YTES IN THE
 J«ASS SHRIMP, 'ALAJMQMiTJiS  PUGIO
 JCJGHTIts DAMZcL G<,5 AMD  K.  RAMGA RAT
 TISSUt S CI-LL. 13U)S93-104.   1931.   E-°A-6QO/J-81-105
 J.1ILLKJG FLUIC//3834541//C2807417  5203    J3U3NAL MANUSCRIPT
 £RLG3 X234
          Vc TCXICCLOjY  AMD  PHARMACOLOGY OF CHL'DROPHE.MOLS:   STU3IES ON TH.
•5RASS SH^I.-]PS ?A.LA:M3NrTcS  PUGIO
 •tAd,  K.  .^AMGA, F1RSIS ».  FJX9  PHILIP J, CO.MKLIM, AWD  ANGELA C.  CANTELM3
 IN:   BiOLDalCAL MOrilTOSING  OF  MASI.ME P1LLUT10N. J. V£RNB£RSf  F.  THUR3E.^G, A.
 CALA3K=S = »  A^JD U. 1/E^NSESG9  SDIT3R,  ACADEMIC PRESS, INC.j  MEtJ fO^K, PP.
 37-72. 1981.   E^A-6'JO/D-8i-165
 DRILLING FLUIC//,?3i)4541   Q029
 2RLGB X235
        TIVE ULTR^STRUCTURE  OF  THRE?. TYPES OF THGUMENTAL  GLANDS IN THZ GILLS
 !JF  THE G.3ASS ShiRIWP, PAL AE.-10NETES  PUGI3 (ABSTRACT)
 30UGHTIE, J.G.t viND X.  RANSA  RAO
 AM.  ZCJL. 19C3)SS9J.  1979.
 JRILLIKS FLUID//«834541   Q029
 c5?LG3 X236-


 ACCUMULATUN, TISS'JE DISTRIBUTION  AND DEPURATI1N OF  3EMZOC a )PY,JEME AND
 3t>JZ(A)Axn:HRAC£Nr IN THE  GRASS SHRIMP9 PAL^EMOMETcS  PUSIO
 rOXj  ?»R,t  AMD 1C. 3AMGA  SAO
 Ii\;s   SYf-iPOSIUMS  C^RCIMOGENIC  POLYMUCLEAR ARDi«liTIC HYDROCARBONS IN THE MARlNi
 f^VISCNMEKT, PcWSACOi.A  SEACH,  FLORIDA, 14-18 AUGUST,  1973.  U.S. ENVIROMf-IETAL
 PS3TECTIOW AGENCY? EMVI RJNMENTAL  RESEARCH LABORATORY,  GULF  BREcZE, FL.  PP,
 336-34i. 1932.  ZPA- -500/9-32-013
 JK^LLIHG ?LUID//.'?ii94541   Q029
 cRLG3 X237


 ROSETTe GLANDS IT4 THi GILLS  OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGIJ. I.
 COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY,  CYCLICAL  ACTIVITY, AMD INNERVATION
 JCJGHTIE, DAMItL Go9 A>50  K,,  SAfJGA  RAD
 J.  MQR^HJL. 171(l);41-57.   1982.   EP A-609/ J-82-150
 JR:LLI,MG FLuio//CR3074i7   ,2203   0225
 f»3j2-2C7d4S, PC- A03
 ERLG3 X238


 iRCSETTc JLANDS IM THE SILLS  GF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAE'-IONETES PU3I2. II.
 PREf-iOLT DUCTULr REFORMATION:  REPLACEMENT OF CILIARY  PROCESSES BY CYTQPLASMIC
 PRZCcSSES IN KfLflTIO^J TO  GLAMD r^ATJRATIOM
 JCLiGHTIt9 DANIEL Go9 AMD  K,  RANG 4  1AQ
 J,  KOR'KJLo 171CI):69-77.   1982.   SPA-SOD/J-32-149
 jRILLi;jG FLUID//3R307417   2203
 >EJ2-207J33, PC- A32
 ERLG3 X239


                                    3-2/6

-------
                  EMVIS3N -lE.vlTAL  RESEARCH L
                     3ULF  63EEZE*  FLORIDA  32561
                                 GRANT
                       (  2/24/84   PAGE  18)

 CILIAR/ STRUCTURES IN THE  3RANCMIAL UNICELLULAR GLANDS  OF  THE  SRASS SHRIMP,
 j t-i H. M •*! I".' J ! y £ if — 5 rU*JJt^
 -\ JlPwTTC  O f*   T V "^ f/ f5   O^O
 J <- U b H J J. " 9 J o J c 9 ,4 iVJ A o ^ e  rv A U
 cX«>E??IEMTIA UiSEL). 37( 5) * 5 02-503 .  1981.
 DRILLING rLUl'3//C3:?074I7   G203
 ERLG3  X423


 COMPARATIVE TOKICITY Oc  DRILLING  MUDS:  ROLE Op CHROMIUM AMD  PETROLEUM
 rtYDRDCAR3GMS
 CO,\JKLI?v;9 P. J0<) D»  )RVSDALES  O.G.  DOUGHTIEs K.R0 RAO, J.P.  XAKAREKA, T.S.
 3I(_£"RTs A,\iD R.Fo SHr'KcS

 DRILLING FLUID//CR30S776//CR807417   G1549^203   0354   J3UrlNAL MANUSCRIPT
 33-07
 ERLG3  X398


'SYNCYTIAL ^JATU^E A^JD PHAGOCYTIC  ACTIVITY OF THE 3RANCHIAL  PQDCCYTES IN THE
 GtUSS  SHRIMP o  'ALArMiJNETcS  PUGIO
 DCUGHTIEfl 3AMIEL G»{. AfJD K.  RA;<)GA  RAD
.TISSUE & CELL. 13(1)593-104.   1931«   E?A~600/J-81-105
 JRILLIMG FLUID//R804541//C1807417    3203    JCJRNAL MANUSCRIPT
'ERLGS  K234


 RDSETTs GLANDS IN TH2 GILLS  OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES  PUGI3. I.
 COMPARATIVE MQ3PHOLOGY» CYCLICAL  ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATIQN
 JCUGHTIt? DANIEL 0=5 A^D K»  RANGA  RAO
 J.  f-",ORPHOLo 171(l)S41-S7o   1982,   E? A-'SOO/J-82-150
 DRILLING FLUID//CR807417    Q203    0225
 ?o32-207-346B PC- A03
 ERLGS  X238
          ICA'_ AMD HI5T3PATHOLCGICAL EVALUATION Op  DITHIOCA ^8 AM ATE TOXICITY TU
 THE  GR^SS SHSI"-?P» »ALA:-M3NETES  PUGIO
 •?A39  Ko  1AMGA9 D.AM.TEL 3.  DDU'jHTIEs  AMD PHILIP J. CUNKLIN
 IMS   P^YSIJL~GIC^L MECHANISMS  3F  MARINE POLLUTANT  TOXICITY.  l-J.3. VERMBERG, A.
 CALAjRiiSE?  AMD F3p0 THJR^E^Gj  SDITDR? ACADEMIC P.RESS»  MEL-J  YORK. PP.413-415.
 19J2.    EP.i-SCO/D-'J3-102
 DRILLING FLUIC//CRSOT417    Q203    B30;( CHAPTER  83-02
 ?d33-2^72039 PC- A S3
 ERLG3  X369


 HISTJPATHCLOGICAL AN? ULTRASTRUCTU^AL CHANGES IN TriE  AMTEfJ.^AL  3LAN3, MID5UT,
 HtPATOPAiMC^EASg  A S3 GILL  CF  GRASS SHRIMP F3LLOv-JING  EXPOSURE  TO HEXAVALENT
 CH.JOMIUK
 DCUGi-iTI'jB DANIEL Go9 A'MD  K=  RAMGA -?AD
 J.  INVIKT23R. ^ATHDL- 43<1):BS-108,  1984.
 DRILLING FLUID//CR307417    Q203    JCU^NAL MANUSCRIPT   83-07
 ERLG3  X400


                                    3-2/7

-------
                               2cS£ARCH  LA
                    GULF 3R=EZ£, FLORIDA  32551
                            LAB PROJECT
                     t 2/24/84   PA3E  164)

ROSETTE  GLANDS IN THi GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP,  PALAEMONETES PUGI3.
COMPARATIVE  MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY,  AND  INNERVATIDN
DCJGHTIE,  JA^JIfL G,, A;jD K. 3ANGA SAD
J. MuR?HDL.  I71(I):41-*»7.  1982.  EPA-500/ J-92-1 50
JRILLI.JG FL'JID//!:R3074i7  Q203  0225
P3J2-2J7845,  FC- ACS
ERLGB  X238
?HYSIOLG3ICAL  -ANJ HISTOP AT4CLCSICA L  EVALUATION Or 3ITH IOCA RBAM^TE  TOXICITY  TQ
TH2  GRASS  ^rtRI'SP, ?ALAJM3N^T:S PUGIC
.?AJ,  K.  KA'JGA,  DANIEL 3. CuUGHTIi, AND  PHILIP J.  CDNKLIN
IN:   P1Y3IDL JGICAL M=CHA:JISMS iJF MARINE  POLLUTANT FOXICITY, W.4. VERNBSRG,  A.
CALA3RIS--,  A?JD P.P.  TH'JR'E^G, EDITOR,  ACADEMIC Pi?ESS, MEW YORKK. PP.  513-445.
1932.   EPA-600/D-83-102
JRILLIiViG FLU:D//C!^307417  J203   30DK  CHAPTER   33-02
?3J3-247i»Oj,  PC- AD3
ERLGB  X369


.ilSTDPATHCLC J3CAL AND JLTRASTR'JCTURAL  CHAN3ES IN  THE ANTENNAL 3LAND,  MIDGUT,
       PAMC.?EAS» AND  31LL Or GRASS SHRIMP FOLLOWING EXPOSURE TO HEXAVALENT
        L,  3A;glEL G., AMD K, RANGA  SA1
J.  IMVERTLJR.  'ATH3L. 43(1): 39-108.  1984.
DRILLING  FLUIO//CR307417  Q203  JOURNAL  MANUSCRIPT  83-07
ERLG3  X400
CU-TICULAS  LESION'S INDUCED IN G3ASS  SHRIMP  EXPOSED TO HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM
JC'JGHTIc,  "AMI^L G., P.ilLI? J. C3NKLIN,  AND  K.  RAN5A RiO
J.  I^VEKTE'.R.  -ATHJL. 42 (2) : 249-25 J .   1933.   E? A-60 O/ J-83--134
DRILLING  FLUID//CRa07417  3203  0367   JOURNAL '-lANUSCSIPT  83-07
PEJ4-1423S3;  NDT SDLD ^Y WTIS
ERLG3  X434
 ULTRASTR'JCTU.IAL INl HI5T3L3GICAL  STUDY  0*=  DEGENERATIVE CHANGES IM  THE
 ANTE.MNAL  GLA'MCS, K EP AT3PANCRE AS ,  AND  MIDGUT OF GRASS SHRIMP EXPOSED  TO  TWO
 JITHICCA.^Ar-'.AT: 3IDCICES
 DGUGHTIi;,  DATJIHL G., AMD K. RAMGA  RAJ
•J.  IMV5RTI:3R.  PATH3L. 41 (3) : 231-299 .   1933.
 DRILLING  FLU1D//C^307417  Q203  JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT  33-06
 ERLG3  X395
     TTE  GLANDS IM THE 3ILLS OF THE  GRASS  SHRIM3,  PALAEMQNETES PUGID.  II.
 PRcMDLT  DUCTUL.i: ^EFO^MATIQ.-j: REPLACEMENT  OF CILIARY PROCESSES 3Y CYTOPLASMIC
'PROCESSES  IN RELATION TO G^AWO KATJRATICM
 JOJGHTI2,  -DAMIEL G. , AMD K. RA.MGA  'RAO
 J.  M3RPH3L.  17I!Cl):69-77.  1932.   EPA-600/ J-82-14 9
 DRILLING cLUIC//CSd07417  Q203
 PS32-207J33, PC- A02
 ERLG3  X239


                                    S-2/3

-------
                 ENVIRONMENTAL  RESEARCH  LABORATORY
                   GULF  BREEZE,  FLORIDA  32561
                           EPA  REPORT  #
                      ( 2/24/84    PAGE  50)

 fENTHOS  INVESTIGATIONS:   SEDIMENT BOXES OR  NATURAL  BOTTOM?
 LINT, R. WARREN,  THOMAS W.  DUKE, AND RICHARD  0.  KALKE
BULL. ENVIRON. CONTAM. TOXICOL.  28(3):257-265.   1982.   EPA-600/J-82-031
 1228
 B82-229477,  PC- A02
ERLGB X299
WEATHERED IXTOX  I  OIL  EFFECTS  ON  ESTUARINE  BENTHOS
5LALKE, RICHARD D.,  THOMAS  VJ. DUKE,  AND  R. WARREN  FLINT
•STUARINE COASTAL  SHELF  SCI. 15(15:75-84.   1982.   EPA-600/J-82-032
1*228
PB83-194696,  PC- A02
•RLGB  X32i


  IN  THE USE  OF INDICES  IN AQUATIC  TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD ASSESSMENT
  CERLEAN, ANDREW J.,  AND THOMAS W.  DUKE
REGUL. TOXICOL.  PHARMACOL. 1:344-354.   1981.   EPA-600/J-32-058
A228
•B92-239013  PC- A02,  MF-  A01
1RLGB4S32
•ETERMINATION  OF  FENVALERATE IN FLOWING-WATER EXPOSURE STUDIES
SCHOOR,  W.  PETER,  AND CHARLES L. MCKENNEY
AULL.  ENVIRON. CONTAM.  TOXICOL. 30(l):84-92.  1983.  EPA-600/J-82-076
•073   0189   JOURNAL  MANUSCRIPT  81-12
"B83-191221,  PC-  A02
ERLGB  434
I
 ROSETTE  GLANDS  IN  THE  GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGIO. II.
 •REMOLT  DUCTULE REFORMATION: REPLACEMENT OF CILIARY PROCESSES 3Y CYTOPLASMIC
 PROCESSES  IN  RELATION  TO GLAND MATURATION
 DOUGHTIE,  DANIEL G.,  AND K. RANGA RAO
    tMORPHOL-  171(l):69-77.  1982.   EPA-600/J-82-149
   ILLING FLUID//CR807417  Q203
   82-207838,  PC- A02
 ERLGB  X239
I
 ROSETTE  GLANDS IN THE  GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGIO. I.
 IpMPARATIVE  MORPHOLOGY,  CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATION
 •3UGHTIE,  DANIEL. G.,  AND  K.  RANGA RAO
 T.  MORPHOL.  171(l):41-67.   1982.  EPA-600/J-82-150
 DRILLING  FLUID//CR807417  Q203   0225
 •382-207846,  PC-  A03
 IRLGB  X238
                                   3-2/9

-------
                     :R::NMEMTAL RESEARCH L
                     iULF  iiacrZE,  FLORIDA  32561
                                CAS#
                       ( 2/24/84   PAGE   1)
        DF ADAn^TIuN  ON  21 GDEGRAD^TIO^J RATES IN SEDIMENT/tfATE1?  COSES  FROM
       &2 4ND '.-RrSHlrJATER  ENVIRONMENTS
SPAIN, JIM C.9 P = n,  PRITCHARDs  AMD A.W. 3QUR3UIN
ArPL. ENVUGiM. MIC-lRPIJLo  4G (4) : 72S-734 .   1930.  cPA-600/ J-80-D07
3103,£335            CAS:   100-02-7
PiiJl-126609; PC- A02:,  "1C-  A01
ERLG3 410


ADAPTATION Or MATU3AL  MICRQBIAL  COMMUNITIES TO DEGRADATION Or  XEM03IOTIC
CCMPOUMDS:  EF~E:TS  DF  CDNCENTSATIDN, ENDCULJM, AND CHEMICAL STRUCTURE
SPAIN, Jlf-', Cop AMD P.A. VAN  VELD
APPL. ENVI<0^. MIC;<03IAL.  ^5 (2) : 423-435.   1983.  EP A-600/J-83-310
58-D-5J43  G09o,30J70Q103      3131   JJUTNAL MANUSCRIPT  82-05   CAS:
100-02-7
?3d3-ltJ45229 PC- A02
ERLGB 440


«CRu2IAL DE1RAOATIO/J  DF  X2N2BIOTIC COMPOUNDS
30URQLIN, AL W», JIM C. SPAIN,  AND P.H. PRITCH4RD
I.C:  PSDCLiECINSS CF  THE TWELFTH  CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY 3,  4,
AWJ 5 -MOVi-1BEK 1381* (DAYTON?  QH). AFAMRL-TR-81-I49, U.S. AIR  FORCE  AEROSPACE
MEDICAL SiSEASCH LABORATORY,  fc,RIGHT-PATTERSON AF3» OH. AVAILABLE FROM  NTIS-
PP. 354-369o  1332.
Q096,U057BJI03       3C3K  CHAPTER   32-02  CAS:  100-02-7
ERLG3 437


ilODEG.lADATIDN G =  METHVLPAS ATHIC=\I, P-NITROPHEN3L, AND ?-CR.:SDL IN  THREH TYPES
3F LA33RAT3RY TEST SYSTEMS (ABSTRACT)
VAN VELD, P.A.i,  '-IfO  J.C.  SPAIN
IN:  ABSTRACTS 0,~  THc  ANNU4L  MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY F3R MICR03I3L3GY,
1933. AMERICAN SOCIETY  FDR KICR03IOLDG?,  WASHINGTON, DC.  P. 266.
1933.
CS309370  J096oC202    ^270  DTHE»?  82-11   CAS:  100-32-7
ERLG8 459
3IJDEGRADATIOk IN  THE  =STUARIN?-MA*IME ENVIRONMENTS AND THE GENETICALLY
ALTcSED MICRG2E
3 0 U k j L111-i s A L Ui»
I.'J:  P.
-------
                                 1981



COJCH, Jjh.J  A.,  i.t~.  a.  CDU3TNEY,  AfoD STEVEN S. FDSS.  1981.  LABORATORY
EVALUATION OF  MARINE  FISHES AS CARCINOGEN ASSAY SUBJECTS-   IN:   PHYLETIC
APPROACHES TO  CAMCERS   PSOC ESCINGS CF Th-5 11TH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF  THE
PhlNCtiS TAKAMATS'J  C;NCER  RESEARCH FUND, TJKYO, 1930.  CLYDE J.  DAdE,  EDITDR,
JAPAN SCIt JTIFIC  SCIENCES  PRESS,  TDKYO,  JAPAN.  PP. 125-139.   (ESL,G3  171).


'CQJCHt JOHM  4.,  AND  -I.  PETER SCH-JGR.  1981,  EFFECTS OF CA RCINDGENS ,  MUTAGENS
AMD TE,:ATD3EMS CM JOW-riU.^Att SPECIE S-AQ'JATIC ANIMALS.  IN:   PROCEEDINGS OF  THE
FIRST :JCI/ : P I/:,! I JS-i  COi-L AS jR ATI V E WORKSHOP:  PROGRESS 3N J.1INT  ENVIRONMENTAL
AND 'JCCUPMTIQNAL  CiNCE.< STUDIES.   rt.F. KRAY8ILL, INGSBDRG C. BLACKUOOD, AND
MAtoCY a. FKt«Si  EDITORS,  U.S. SCVE2NMENT POINTING OFFICE, WASHINGTON,  DC.   PP.
333-375.  CEILtG.3 K332).


COUCH, JDHM  A,f  4ND  H.?.  SCHOOL.   1931.   EFFECTS OF CA SCI N JGiNS ,  MUTAGcNS,  AND
TE3ATCGEMS OM  \ON-.4UWAM SP2CIES (AJUATZC AAilMALS).  INS  S^CON3  ANNUAL REP3RT
Ji\i KATIC.^AL  CAMCtR  INSTITUTE AiMD  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY  PROJECTS.
U.S. CHPT. OF  Hi'iLTH,  EOJCATICN,  AMD WELFARE, ?U3LIC HEALTH SERVICE,  NATIONAL
INSTITUTE 3F HEALTH,  BSTHE5DA, MD.  PP.  57-103-  
-------
       Jjh.j  A3J  <_E:  «. CjimMEYt AMD  STEVEN 5.  F2S5*  1931,   LABORATORY
           OF  MARINE FISHES AS CARCINOGEN ASSAY SU3JECTS*   I?J:   PHYLETIC
         5 TJ  JA.X'CJiR!   PROCEEDINGS  C=  THE 117H  INTERNATIONAL  SYMPOSIJM OF THE
         T4K:U"4T,iu CANCEL -JESE^RCH  FJND,  TGKYO* 1930.  CLYDE  j.  DA.VE, EDITDR,
JAPAN CCIE'jTIFIC  SCI-JNCEG PRESS? TOKYOs  JAPAN.   ?P« 125-i3;J.   (E3L,G3 171).

   THE u»s*  EP.",  AN:;  THE -'1AZOMAL CAMCCR  IMST.  OJCD HAVE MAJOR
   KES'^'JSILILITIES  FO* JETE'UIININS THE  FATE  AMD RISHS CF  CARCINOGENIC
   AGEXTS 'IN THE  NdT'JRSL ENVIRCNMEMT.  UNOE2 THE AUSPICES Or £PA/NCI,  THE
   CARCIMOiciM  x£i£^RCH T2AM AT THE  USEPA  LAB,e  GULC QREEZE, HAS  A  "-1AJOR
   RJL; IN IMVrSTI^ATIMG THE F^T^s  EFFfCTS9 AND iRISKS 3F C aRCIWOSE^IC
   AGENTS IN HE  A'JIMTIC PuRTIDN OF TH^  3IOSPH;R2. IN 3ESA3D  T3  THIS
   ROL-s THE^c  IS -I  .1EcD FJR PRACTICAL,  EXPERIMENTAL EXPJSJRE  SYSTEMS FOS
   THE S.HCST T^R:i,  A'JD LJN-3 TERM EXP3SJRE OF  FISHES AND INVERTEBRATES IN
   ORDER T:  EVALUATE T^EIR RESPONSES  TD  5NVISOMMENTAJ.L7 SIGNIFICANT
   CARCIN05E-MS.  -JE  HSVj DESIGNED A.MD  TESTED 4N  ADAPTABLEt  AQUATIC
   LA^HRATJRY  SYSTEM P?R FLOWING WATER  CR STATIC WATtR ASSAYS  3F
   CARUl.JOjE 'Ji:  JR  S'JS-'ECT C AR C IMC3E.MIC  SCENTS  A3AIN5T MARINE  FISHES, ,v'E
   RiF^RT -iERE  THE  DESIGN* RESULTS  Or  LCiMG TER  1 TESTS, A.MD  THE FUTURc
   USES 'JF THE  SYSTE'-I  FD1? DETERMINING  THE RISKS CF CAR C IND 3E.:'JI Z  AGENTS Itt
   THE AjlKTIC  E.vlVIRTN'lE/JTs ANJ ^S  A  SYSTEM CD  1P1. E'-IEMT ARY  TO  MAMMALIAN
   ASS^Y SvSTc-1S» JUT  :-JHICH PERMITS THE  PHYLDG'ENETIC EXPANSION OF
   CARCIMC3EH  ^S5AV  METHDD JLOG'' . A  PILJT  TEST 3F THE DESCRIBED SYSTEM HAS
   8E£M CO-lPLETiJ.  T'115 TEST UTILIZED  FL3WING FILTERED, ESTUARINE  .JATE?,
   CDNTRDLuEJ  JATE3  TFi "P.R AT URE » CZNTRDLLED PH1TO PE.^I^D*  COMTSOLLED
   NUTSITIJN Or  Tt3T SPECIES, JXYGcN  C-3NCEMTRATI3N MONITuRING, A.MD
   VARIOUS LIFE  CYCLE  STAGES OF THr TEST  FISH,  THE SHEEPSHEAD  '-1INNDW,
   CYP,a^C:o;j  VAlIEGATJSp AND THE SUSPECT CARCINOGENIC HERBICIDE,
   TSIrLJAALIN,  CO 'jTIN'jO.'JS EXPOSURES  TJ  1 TO  5  M3/L TRIFLU5ALIM  LJERE
   CuNJUCT^O l-JITH ZY30TE THRU EMaR if 03E;\!E SIS TO  ADULT STASEi DF THE FISH.

CGUCri, J3hM  Ao9  LEE  Ao CDUSTMcVt JAMES  T. yiJJSTEAD. AND STEVEN S,  FOSS.
137S),  A,'-i:?lCA^  QYST2S (CRASSCSTtfEA VIRGINICA)  A3 AN INDICATOR OF  CARCINOGENS
Ii\ THE AQUATIC  t-'JVISDN.-IENT.  I'J:  ANIMALS AS  ^DNITDRS 3F EMVIRDNMEMTAL
POLLUTANTS.  ;aTIi::JAL  ACADEMY JF SCIENCES, WASHINGTCN, DC.  PP.  55-84.
   THE AM^. IN AM  EXPOSURE SYSTEM IN WHICH  C*RCIN03E?«S CAN BE
   CJNTI.'jUGUiLV  INJECTED I.MTJ FREE  FLOjIMG WATER AT FIXED  RATES  iRAMGINS
   Fi
-------
                            AUTHOR INDEX
                                  C
COUCH, JOHM  A.
  CO 1PLEX CH*'CviATGrK:iRJMA IN A MARINE  TELE3ST rISHt rlTJDULJS  G3AMDIS:
  ••1C;?P-!uLCSICAL  ANJ :i DC-iE.'-ilCAL CH *R ACTE RISTIC S/ » 6-2

  CC>JCL"?2£.MT  N^O^LASTIC ^ND PRjTISTA»j  DISORDERS IN THE AME-UCAM  OYSTER
         STrJE,? V Iil 31 MIC A)/, 9-2
  EFFECTS 3F  C^CIVCSSMSi .'-lUTAjfMS  A.MC  TERATOGENS JN N3N-HJMAN  SPcC IES- A JUATIC
          , 7-I£
  cPFECTS  JF  CikCIM034fvJS, ^UTASEMS,  '1ND  TERATC3ENS ON NON-HUMAN  SPiClES
  UJUATIC A -MI iALS)/,7-l
          JF  CARCI.X'OGcMS, .'-lUTAiE-MS ,  AND  TERATOiEMS ON MON-HU.MAM  SPECIES
  (AQUATIC A,MI lALS)/,8-l

  iFrtCTS JF  CiRCI,'JC3EMS, .'J!UT«'5E JS ,  AND  TE«AT03E.vlS ON ;jQt\i-HUMAM  SPcCIES
  (AQUATIC AMI^1ALS)/,9-i

  EFFECTS 'JF  C ^C IM03E>JS » MUTAiENSt  AND  TE^ATOSE.MS DM ^JC-NiHJMAN SPECIZ-S
  (AQUATIC AMI-fl.A_S);   'OJR TH ANNUAL.  REPORT NCI/EPA C'JL1. A iOKATI VE PROGRAM/, 8-2

  JNLA.'JGJKfNT JF  A,>JD  Kl STC°ATH'JL3GIC  E.'FECTS I M TH,f PITUJT^RY  3F A TELEOST
  = XPCS,tD TO  T'iE  HER3ICID2 TRirLJRftLIN/ ,3-2

  LABORATORY  EVALUATION OF MARINE  FISHES AS CARCINOGEN ASSAY  SUBJECTS/, 5-1

  .-10USJ  JS MIWAJC;JS   THE r'JTU^E OF  FISH  IN CARCIN3GENIC1TY  TESTING CA F^IZN^LY
  JISCJSSI3N/D :E Ur JY D.I. J2HM  COUCH ^ND DR, CLYDE DA.-JE)  -  DEBATE:   THE FISHY
  Sh.lI.1PS  (AIT^R.IPIDA:  CRUSTACEA:   PEMASI JA E) /,4-I

  VE^T^S.JAL  JY5PLA5IA IN YOUWG FISfl  EXPOSED TO THE HER3ICIDS  TRIFLUR ALIN/, 3-1

         DISEASES  GF INVERTEBRATES  3THER  THAN IMSECTS/,4-2
CuJCH, JJHN  A.,  JOINT AUTHOR.
  CAIJ TISSJE  AMCMALIES T:iAT OCCUR  IN  MARINE  FISH IMPLICATE  SPECIFIC POLLUTANT
  CHEMICALS?/, 3C-2

  CC^RJLATIGi^  uF MIX "D-FUNCTIOM OXIDASE  ACTIVITY WITH ULTR ^STRUCTURAL CHAN3ES
  IN T.lE LIVrR  G= A '.U^I^E FISH/j34-2

   1EMA73P02ETIC  :JE3PLA3MS IN IMViRTE3R 1TES AMD COLO-3LJODE3 VERTEBRATES/, 13-1

  ^ATHu^ICLOSICA. '-3EASJRES Or MA.-tlNJE  POLLUTION EFFECTS/,15-3

  USEFULNESS  C"  CYPRIN'JDON VARlcGATUS  AND  rU.MDJL'JS G^A^DIS  I.M  C ARCINOGENICIT Y
  TESTIMG;   ADVANTAGES A?JD SPECIAL  PROBLEMS/, 13-1

COURTNEY,  LEE  A.
  US^FJL^ESS  Or  CY.'RINJDJN VARIE3ATUS  AND  FUNO'JLUS GRA^DIS  IN  CARC IN3GENICITY
  TtSTINS:   ACMIT^GIS A^-ID SPECIAL  PRC3LEMS/ , 1 J-l

CC'JRTNEY,  LEE  A., JOINT AUTHOR.
  AMERICA CYSTE* (C^ASSOSTRZA VIRSIMICA)  AS AM INDICATOR  3F CftRCIMOGJiMS IM
  THE AQUATIC  EWIrtGMWcNT/ , 5-2

                                    3-2/13

-------
                                 ?S¥(LS 'SMSO                             P   I
                                                                         A   T
                                                                         G   E
                                                                         E   M
                                  A
ABILITY OF AM8YSTOMA TIG8SNUM HlfATIC MICROSOMES  FI20M  POLYEYLIC  AROMAT   1- 2
ABSORPTION.WITK DIGESTED LEAD PE2XODATE ^DETERMINATION  OF  U2-DIOLS  B  39= 3
ACCUMULATION OF NAPHTHALENE ®Y THE OYSTER  OSTREA.'EDULIS0  IM A  FLOW  THR  32- 1
ACID TAURINE /oTHIN-LAYER SEPARATION OF CITRIC  ACID  CYCLE INTggMEDIATE  32- 2
 ra   CYCLE --INTERMEDIATES* LACTIC ACID0' AND THg  AMIMO ACID TAU8INE  /0TH  32- 2
 "   AND THE AMINO.ACID TAURINE /0THIN-LAYER SEPARATISM  OF  CITRIC  ACID  32- 2
ACTIVATION /^DETERMINATION) OF VANADIUM IN  A MARINE MOLLUSC  USING A  CME  17- I
ADDUCTOR MUSCLE PROTEINS FROM BIVALVE MOLLUSCS  /oEFFECTS  OF SODIUM  CHL  36= 2
ADVANTAGES AK1D SPECIAL PROBLEMS /oUSEFULNESS OF CYPRINODON  V&RIEGATUS   10- i
AFLATOXIN ©N THE BROHN BULLHEAD 2CTALURUS  NESULOSISo   MoSo  THESIS  /0EF   2- 1
ALTERATIONS 100 CARCINOGEN-EXPOSED TSLEiSTSs  PROCEDURES  FOR PREPARATXO  21= 1
AMiYSTOMA TIGKINUM HEPQTIC MICROSOMES FROM i?OLYCYLIC ARONA1TIC  HlYDR@C£lR   2- 2
AMIRICA /oCELLULAR PROLIFERA¥IVE DISOR0ER  IN OUSTERS COSTREA CHSLENSZS  25= 2
AMERICAN OYSTER CCRASSOSTOEA VIREINlCflJ AS AN INDSCATOR  OF  CARCINOGENS   5- 2
   03     OYSTER CRASSOSTREA VIRGINICA /0BEM20Ca)PYREWE METSSOLISM  IN  T   1- i
   ra     OYSTER CCRASSOSTREA VIR6INZCAJ /0COHCURREMT-NEOPLASTIC  ^MD PR   9- 2
AMINES /0 DIFFERENTIAL ABIL2TY OF AK18YSTOMA TIGRIWUK  HEPATIC MICROSOMES   !•= 2
AMIWO ACID TAURIME /D TH1IW=LAYER SgPAEATION OF CITRIC ACIB CYCLE  INTERM  32- 2
AMMON2A PROM SMMLLJ VOLUMES OF SEAHATER /DIO!M-EXCHAMGE  fECHCdlQOE  FOR CO  33- £
ANIMAL MODEL FOR EXPERIMENTAL CARCIMOGENESIS /sRAIMBOM TROUT CSALMO GA  14-= 1
  0    IM STUDIES INVOLVING CARCINDGENESISo TESATOSENESIS AND  MUTAGENE  16= I
AN2MALS AS INDICATORS §F SNVIRONMENTAL EXPOSURES  /0A0UftTlC               14- 3
   OD     /oEFlFECTS OF CARC2NOGEWS0 MUTAGSNSo AMD ' TERATOGENS ON'NON-HUN   8- 1
   09    /oEFFECTS OF CARCINQGEMSo MUTAGENS AND [TERATOGENS ON WON-HUMACJ   7- 2
   a     /oEFFECTS OP CAR£INGGSNS0 MUT&GEMSD AK1D  TERATOGENS ON NON-HUM   8- 1
   00    INDUCED BY CONTROLLED EXPOSURES TO ENVIRONHENTAL  CONTAMINANTSo  23- 1
ANOMALIES ?HAT OCCUR ltd MARINE FSSH IMPLICATE' SPECIFIC POLLUTAMT CHEMI  30- 2
aPPLICflTIQN IN CflSCSNOGEN EXPOSURE STUDIES /oPRIMARV CELL CULTURES  FEO  20° 1
ftQUATEC ENVIRONMENT /0AMERICAN OYSTER CCKASSOSTI3EA VIRGINICA3  fiS A  IN    5= 2
   03    ANIMALS flS INDICATORS OF ENVIKOWEMENTAL EXPOSURES                 5- 2
   "    ANIWALS) /oEFpECTS OF CAKCKNOGENS0 MUTAG£NSD AMD  TERATOGEMS OM   8- 1
   ra    ANIMALS /oEFFECTS OF CARCIMOGEWSo  MUTAGSNS AND TERATOGENS  ON  M   1-2
   00    AMIMALSJ /oEFFECTS OF CARCIWOGENSo MUTAGENSo AMD  TERATOGSWS ON   8- 1
   00    ANIMALS INDUCED BY CONTROLLED EXPOSURES ¥0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTA  23- 1
AKOCLOR 1256-TREATED MULLET CKU&SL,CEPHALUS) /oBENZOCA1PYREME  HETABOLI  39- 1
   co    125^> TREATED MULLET /DMETABOLITES  OF 8ENZOCA5PPYRENE IM          38- 1
SROMATIC HYDROCAK8DNS IN BAY MUSSELS CMYTILUS EDULISJ  FROM  ORE£OM0  USA  28- I
   B     HYDROCARBONS 163 'SOFTSHELd, CLAMS FROM COOS BAY0  QREGONo  USA /„  28- 1
   ra     HYDROCAR8BNS AMD AROMATIC AMINES  /DDIFF2RENTIAL  ABILIITY OF AM   1- 2
   ra     AMINES /oDIPFEREMIFIAL ABILITY OF  AP3BYSTOMa  TIGRINUM HE1PATIC  M  20- 2
   ca     HYDROCARBONS CABSTRACT) /oEXPQSURE OF  TWO TELEQST  SPECIES  TO   20- 2
   00      HYDROCARBONS .^ABSTRACT) /0INDUCTION OF  GLUCyRONIDE AMD S13LFA  36- 3
   00     HYDROCARBONS AN9 CELLyLAR PROLIFERATIVE: DISORDERS  IN  BIVALVE   25- 1
   a     HYDROCARBONS IN l/IVAL^E MOLLUSK.S  IN BAY  KUSSiLS  CBYTILUS  EDUL  28- 3
   0     ElYDKOCaRBOWS DUE'TO SLASH' SURGING ON CLgAR-CUT  SITES  /0PI/ROLY  37- 2
   00     HYDROCARBONS AND METALS IM MOLLUSCS CABS?RACT5  /0STUDIES  DM  P  24- 1
QRSENIC AND-OTHER TRACE ELEMENTS IM SAY MUSSELS (MYTILUS  EDULIS3 /0SEA  17- 4
ASSAY SYSTEM UTILIZING ESTUARINE FISHES /oDEVELOPMENT  OF  A  CARCIMOGEN   19- 2
  w   FOR EPOXIDE HYBROLASE /INDIRECT ATOMIC aBSORPTTION  SPECTROMEZTRSC  38- 2
  a   SyBJI£¥S-^0lLAi©KQ?©CT iWAiMAirSiKl @)(?  MGIS2HI • F2SMIS  flS  CaK62M®gSCO    5- 1
ATOMIC ABSORPTION M2TH DIGESTUD LEflD PERIODATE  /D DETERF-^IMATION OF  102-  39- 3
  co    ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRIC ASSAY FOR  EP0X2DE HYDROLASE /0INDIIRECT  38- 2
                                  ©
BACTERIA SYSTEMo  NoSo"THESIS /DEVALUATION OF BENZO(A3PYRENE WETABDLIS   2- 2

-------
                      KEY TERM FREQUENCY COUNT
FLOW                          82
POLLUTANTS                    82
COMPARED                      83
CONDUCTED                     83
MEASURED                      83
PUGIO                         84
IMPACT                        85
OYSTERS                       85.
TIME                          85
LIFE                          87
FIELD                         88
DRILLING                      89
SYSTEMS                       89
NATURAL                       90
PALAEMONETES                  90
LOW                           93
BIOLOGICAL                    94
COMPOUNDS                     94
FLORIDA  :                     94
GULF                          94
FOUND                         95
GRASS                         95
HIGH                          95
DAYS                          97
DEVELOPMENT                  101
OYSTER                       101
LESS                         104
SIGNIFICANT                  105
POLLUTION                    106
TOXIC                        106
LEVELS                       108
PESTICIDE                    108
TESTS                        110
DETERMINE                    112
ANIMALS                      115;
CONTROL                      117
TEST                         118
RESULTS                      119
SEAWATER                     123
DATA                         128
GROWTH                       133
CHEMICAL                     135
ORGANISMS                    138
AQUATIC                      140
CONCENTRATION                142
ENVIRONMENT                  157
PESTICIDES                   165
SHRIMP                       167
EXPOSURE                     171
SPECIES                      189
TOXICITY                     203
ENVIRONMENTAL                204
FISH                         209
LABORATORY                   209
CONCENTRATIONS               215
MARINE                       306
                                  B-2/15

-------
                       TERM WITH RECORD IDENTIFIER
MINING
  X192

MINISTRIES
  X182
MINNOW
  218
  X176
  186
X222// IN PRESS X222
EPA-600/4-81-003    297
398       265-      177-
                    425
                    288
                    269
                    EPA-600/9-83-005    374
                    X196      X356      311-
                    267-      X334      333
MINNOWS
  X160      294
  EPA-600/3-77-059
  229       222
  076-      346
  181-
          X006-     425
          234-      X264
          X072-     075
          EPA-600/3-78-010
                    433       177-
                    206       175-
                    113       295
                    EPA-600/3-77-059
EPA-600/3-82-074
          EPA-600/4-81-041
                    125-
                    X264
                    277-
                    X084-
                    462
                    X048
                    091-
                    179
                    063-
                    136-
                    295
MINOR
  X180-

MINS
  X280

MINUS
  X282

MINUTE
  378

MINUTES
  032-

MIOTIC
  X154-
X033-
065
200
373
EPA-600/3-76-048
X093
X270
150
200
378
304-
X085-
038-
064-
465
400
378
MIREX
  X097-     156-      248
  EPA-600/3-75-024    137-
  EPA-600/3-76-048    124
  X287      168       X185
  EPA-600/3-75-024    305-
                    190
                    229
                    168
                    256-
                    155-
                    268       190
                    EPA-600/3-76-007
                    229       222
                    222       156-
                    EPA-600/3-76-048
                              189       303
                              EPA-600/3-75-015
                              156-
                              EPA-600/3-75-015
                              X048
MIRRORS
  X303

MISCELLANEOUS
  X165-     X368

1ISIDENTIFIED
  X052-
MISLEAOING
  X180-
X333
                                  B-2/16

-------
                         TITLE KUOC INDEX
MIREX
   EFFECT OF MIREX AND CAR80FURAN ON ESTUARINE MICROORGANISMS
   EFFECT OF MIREX ON PREDATOR-PREY INTERACTION IN AN EXPERIMENTAL
   ESTUARINE ECOSYSTEM
EPA-660
3-75-024

276
   EFFECT OF MIREX ON THE BURROWING ACTIVITY OF THE LUGWORM           268
   CARENICOLA CRISTATA)

   EFFECTS OF LEACHED MIREX ON EXPERIMENTAL COMMUNITIES               229
   OF ESTUARINE ANIMALS

   EFFECTS OF MIREX AND METHOXYCHLOR ON STRIPED MULLET, MUSIL         EPA-660
   CEPHALUS L                                                         3-75-015

   EFFECTS OF MIREX ON THE LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TWO CRASS            132

   EFFECTS OF HIREX ON THE LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF BLUE CRABS           X011

   EFFECTS OF MIREX ON SELECTED ESTUARINE ORGANISMS                   124

   EFFECTS OF MIREX, METHOXYCHLOR, AND MALATHION ON DEVELOPMENT OF    EPA-600
   CRABS                                                              3-76-048

   EFFECTS OF THE BURROWING LUGWORM ARENICOLA CRISTATA) ON THE        305-
   DISTRIBUTION OF MIREX IN AQUARIA CONTAINING A SANDY SUBSTRATE
   {UNPUBLISHED REPORT)

   EFFECTS, UPTAKE, AND METABOLISM OF METHOXYC4LOR, MIREX, AND        EPA-600
   2,4-D IN SEAWEEDS                                                  3-76-048

   MIREX AND AROCLOR 1254:  EFFECT ON AND ACCUMULATION BY             137-
   TETRAHYMENA PYRIFORMIS STRAIN W

   MIREX AND MARINE UNICELLULAR ALGAE:  ACCUMULATION, POPULATION      248
   GROWTH AND OXYGEN EVOLUTION

   MIREX PUBLICATIONS                                                 X287

   MIREX RESIDUES IN SELECTED ESTUARIES OF SOUTH CAROLINA—JUNE       168
   1972

   MIREX, FIRE ANTS, AND ESTUARIES                                    X185

   MONITORING MIREX IN NON-TARGET SPECIES IN SOUTH CAROLINA           256-
   ESTUARIES (UNPUBLISHED REPORT)

   SEASONAL EFFECTS OF LEACHED MIREX ON SELECTED ESTUARINE ANIMALS    222

MISSISSIPPI
   EFFECT OF FLOODWATERS ON OYSTERS IN MISSISSIPPI SOUND IN 1950,     007$
   U.S. FISH WILDL. SERV. RES. REP. 31

   INVESTIGATION OF OYSTER PRODUCING AREAS IN LOUISIANA AND           002A*
   MISSISSIPPI DAMAGED BY FLOOD WATERS IN 1945, U.S. FISH WILDL.
   SERV. SPEC. SCI. REP. FISH. NO. 8

                                  B-2/17

-------
                   ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                      GULF BREEZEt FLORIDA  32561
                       THESAURUS OF DESCRIPTORS
                        C02/17/84   PAGE   1)
3-METHYLCHOLANTHRENE
     EQ METHYLCHOLANTHRENE

ABILITY

ABSORPTION
     RT ADSORPTION
        ASSIMILATION
        IONS
        UPTAKE
     BT SORPTION

ABUNDANCE
     RT BIOMASS
        QUANTITY

ACARICIDES
     NT CARBOPHENOTHION
        EPN
        ETHION
        NALED
        PHORATE
        PHOSPHAMEDON
     BT PESTICIDES

ACCUMULATION
     RT FOOD CHAINS
        UPTAKE
     NT BIQACCUMULATION

ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE
     BT CHOLINESTERASES

ACROPORA CERVICORNIS
     BT CORALS

ACTIVATED CARBON
     RT ADSORBENTS
     BT CARBON

ACUTE TOXICITY
     BT TOXICITY

ACYCLIC ACIDS
     NT FATTY ACIDS
ADULTS
     RT METAMORPHOSIS
        PARENTS
     BT DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES

AFLATOXINS
     BT CARCINOGENS
        MYCOTOXINS

AGRICHEMICALS
     NT-PESTICIDES

ALSAE
     RT EUTHROPHICATION
     NT-PERIPHYTON
        PHYTOPLANKTON
        PLANKTON
     BT MICROORGANISMS
        PROTISTS

ALTOZAR
     E3 CAS: 41096-46-2
        HYOROPRENE
     BT JUVENILE HORMONES

AMDRO
     BT INSECTICIDES

AMES TEST
     BT ASSAYS
        TESTS

AMPHIPODS
     NT COROPHIUM VOLUTATOR
     BT CRUSTACEANS

ANALYSIS
     NT ATOMIC ABSORPTION
        ELECTRON CAPTURE
        LIQUID CHR3MATDGRAPHY

ANIMALS
     RT FAUNA
     NT-AQUATIC ANIMALS
        INVERTEBRATES
ADSORBENTS
     RT ACTIVATED CARBON
ANIONS
     BT IONS
BTCBROADER TERM); NTCNARROWER TERM): RT(RELATED TERM); USECPREFERRED USE);
-CTERMS WHICH HAVE FURTHER SUBSETS); EQCSYNONYMS)
                                  B-2/18

-------
                   ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                      GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA  32561
                              DESCRIPTORS
                         (02/17/84   PAGE   1)
3-METHYLCHOLANTHRE
  NE
ABILITY
ABSORPTION
ABUNDANCE
ACARICIDES
ACCUMULATION
ACETYLCHOLINESTERA
  SE
ACROPORA
  CERVICORNIS
ACTIVATED CARBON
ACUTE TOXICITY
ACYCLIC ACIDS
ADSORBENTS
ADSORPTION
ADULTS
AFLATOXINS
AGRICHEMICALS
ALGAE
ALTOZAR
AMDRO
AMES TEST
AMPHIPODS
ANALYSIS
ANIMALS
ANIONS
ANNELIDS
ANOSTRACANS
ANTHRACENES
ANTIFOULING
  AGENTS
ANTS
AQUACULTURE
AQUATIC ANIMALS
AQUATIC BACTERIA
AQUATIC
  ECOSYSTEMS
AQUATIC
  ENVIRONMENT
AQUATIC ORGANISMS
AQUATIC PLANTS
ARBACIA
  PUNCTULATA
ARENICOLA
  CRISTATA
  STIMPSON
ARENICOLIOAE
ARIUS FELIS
  (LINNAEUS)
AROCLORS
ASSAYS
ASSIMILATION
ATHERINIDAE
ATLANTIC CROAKER
ATLANTIC MENHADEN
ATLANTIC
  SILVERSIDES
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
  ANALYSIS
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
  SPECTROSCOPY
ATRAZINE
AUFWUCHS
BACILLARIOPHYCEAE
BACTERIAL
BACULOVIRUSES
BARIUM SULFATE
BARNACLES
BATCH CULTURE
BAY MUSSELS
BAYS
BEACHES
BENTHIC
  COMMUNITIES
BENTHOS
BENZANTHRACENES
BENZIDINES
BENZO(A)PYRENE
BENZOPYRENES
BHC
BIOACCUMULATION
BIOASSAYS
BIOCHEMICAL
  ANALYSIS
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCIDES
BIOCONCENTRATION
BIODEGRADATION
BIOENERGETICS
BIOINDICATORS
BIOLOGICAL
  CONTROL
BIOLOGICAL
PESTICIDES
BIOLOGY
BIOMASS
BIORATIONALS
BIOSYNTHESIS
BI3TA
BIVALVES
BLACK BULLHEAD
BLUE TILAPIA
BONY FISHES
BOTTOM SEDIMENTS
BOX CRA3S
BRACHIP3DS
BRACHYURA
BRACKISH WATER
BRAIN
BREEDING
BREVOORTIA
  PATRONUS GOODE
BREVOORTIA
  TYRANMUS
  (LATROBE)
BRINE SHRIMP
BRINES
BROMINE
BROMOFORM
BROWN SHRIMP
BRYOZOANS
BULLHEAD
  CATFISHES
CADMIUM
CAGES
CALANOIDS
CALCIUM
  HYPOCHLORITE
CALLINEDTES
  SAPIDUS RATHBUN
CANALS
CANCER MAGISTER
  DANA
CANNIBALISM
CAPTURE
CARBOHYDRATES
CARBON
CARBOPHENOTHION
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
CARCINOGENESIS
CARCINOGENICITY
  TESTING
CARCINOGENS
CARCINOMA
CARNIVORES
CARPS
CARRIERS
CARTERIA SP.
  (CHLOROPHYCEAE)
CAS: 121-75-5
CAS: 124-48-1
CAS: 131-52-2
CAS: 143-50-0
CAS: 1582-09-8
CAS: 1912-24-9
CAS: 2104-64-5
CAS: 2234-13-1
CAS: 2385-85-5
CAS: 290-00-0
CAS: 2921-88-2
CAS: 298-00-0
CAS: 298-02-2
CAS: 300-76-5
CAS: 3083-23-6
CAS: 333-41-5
CAS: 35367-38-5
CAS: 41096-46-2
CAS: 50-06-6
CAS: 50-29-3
CAS: 50-32-8
CAS: 51630-58-1
CAS: 52645-53-1
CAS: 55-18-5
CAS: 555-37-3
CAS:  56-49-5
CAS: 563-12-2
CAS: 58-89-8
CAS: 60-51-5
CAS: 60-57-1
CAS: 608-73-1
CAS: 62-73-7
CAS: 72-20-8
CAS: 72-43-5
CAS: 72-55-9
CAS: 75-25-2
CAS: 7553-56-2
CAS: 76-48-8
CASi 7681-52-9
CAS: 77-47-4
CAS: 7726-96-5
CAS: 7727-43-7
CAS: 7778-54-3
CAS: 7782-50-5
CAS: 786-19-6
CAS: 80001-35-2
CAS: 8021-39-4
CAS: 86-50-0
CAS: 87-86-5
CATABOLISM
CATIONS
CELLS
CENTRIFUGATION
CHANNEL CATFISH
                                  B-2/19

-------
                   ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                      GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA  32561
                           DESCRIPTOR WORDS
                         <02/17/84   PAGE   1}
 BENZOCAJPYRENE
ABILITY
ABSORPTION
 ATOMIC ABSORPTION
 ANALYSIS
 ATOMIC ABSORPTION
 SPECTROSCOPY
ABUNDANCE
ACARICIDES
ACCUMULATION
ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE
ACIDS
 CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
 FATTY ACIDS
 ACYCLIC ACIDS
ACROPORA
 ACROPORA CERVICORNIS
ACTIVATED
 ACTIVATED CARBON
ACUTE
 ACUTE TOXICITY
ACYCLIC
1 ACYCLIC ACIDS
ADSORBENTS
ADSORPTION
ADULTS
AFFINIS
 GAMBUSIA AFFINIS
AFLATOXINS
AGENTS
 ANTIFOULING AGENTS
AGRICHEMICALS
'ALGAE
ALTOZAR
iAMBLYBREGMATUS
| CITHARICHTHYS
 AMBLYBR6GMATUS
.AMDRO
AMERICANA
1 MORONE AMERICANA
 CGMELIN)
AMES
 AMES TEST
AMPHIPODS
(ANALYSIS
 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
 BIOCHEMICAL ANALYSIS
 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
' ATOMIC ABSORPTION
I ANALYSIS
AND
ANIONS
ANNELIDS
ANNULARIS
 MONTASTREA ANNULARIS
ANOSTRACANS
ANTHRACENES
ANTIFOULING
 ANTIFOULING AGENTS
ANTS
 FIRE ANTS
AQUACULTURE
AQUATIC
 AQUATIC ANIMALS
 AQUATIC BACTERIA
 AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS
 AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT
 AQUATIC ORGANISMS
 AQUATIC PLANTS
ARBACIA
 ARBACIA PUNCTULATA
ARENARIUS
 CYNOSCION ARENARIUS
 GIN5BURG
ARENICOLA
 ARENICOLA CRISTATA
 STIMPSON
ARENICOLIDAE
ARIUS
 ARIUS FELIS (LINNAEUS)
ARMATUS
 LEPTOCOTTUS ARMATUS
ARQCLORS
AROMATIC
 AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
 POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC
 HYDROCARBONS
ARTEMIA
 ARTEMIA SALINA
ARTHROPODS
ASSAYS
ASSIMILATION
ATHERINIDAE
ATLANTIC
 ATLANTIC CROAKER
 ATLANTIC MENHADEN
 ATLANTIC SILVERSIOES
ATOMIC
  ATOMIC ABSORPTION
 ANALYSIS
 ATOMIC ABSORPTION
 SPECTROSCOPY
ATRAZINE
 PENAEUS AZTECUS
BACILLARIOPHYCEAE
 THALASSIOSIRA
 PSEUDDNANA 
-------
                 ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                    GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA  32561
                       SENTENCE RANK REPORT
                       (10/ 1/83   PAGE   2)

IDENTIFICATION : EPA-600/3-83-021

  TOXICITY OF USED DRILLING FLUIDS TO EMBRYO DEVELOPMENT WAS INVESTIGATED TO
  ASCERTAIN THE LIMITS OF SAFE USAGE OF THESE FLUIDS IN MARINE ENVIRONMENTS.

  OTHERS ARE RELATIVELY INNOCUOUS, REQUIRING VERY LITTLE DILUTION TO ACHIEVE
  A CONCENTRATION IN WHICH EMBRYO DEVELOPMENT CAN PROCEED NORMALLY.

  STUDIES DEMONSTRATED THAT NO SINGLE DRILLING FLUID IS "TYPICAL" AND THAT
  THE QUANTITATIVE EFFECTS OF EMBRYOS VARY CONSIDERABLY FROM ONE FLUID TO
  ANOTHER.

  IN ADDITION, SEVERAL COMMERCIAL DRILLING FLUID COMPONENTS WERE EXAMINED IN
  THE TEST SYSTEMS INCLUDING A SYNTHETIC REFERENCE MUD.

  THIS VARIABILITY IS NOT MENTIONED TO SUGGEST THE ACTIVE COMPONENTS, OF
  WHICH WE HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE, BUT ONLY TO ILLUSTRATE THE "NON-TYPICAL" NATURE
  OF ANY ONE SAMPLE.

  THE DRILLING FLUIDS TESTED CAME FROM VARIOUS SOURCES: 24 DIFFERENT SAMPLES
  WERE EVALUATED.

  SOME DRILLING FLUIDS ARE QUITE TOXIC TO ONE DR MORE OF THE EMBRYO SYSTEMS,
  REQUIRING DILUTIONS OF OVER IOCS) TO BECOME "SAFE".


IDENTIFICATION : EPA-600/4-81-031

  THE BIOMASS MEASURED BY THE EXTRACTABLE PHOSPHQLIPID AND THE TOTAL LIPID
  PALMITIC ACID SHOWED EXCELLENT CORRELATION WITH THE FATTY ACID "SIGNATURES"
  CHARACTERISTIC OF BACTERIA, BUT SHOWED A LOWER CORRELATION WITH THE
  LONG-CHAIN POLYENOIC FATTY ACIDS CHARACTERISTIC OF THE MICROFAUNA.

  STUDIES WITH TERRESTRIAL PLANTS IN LABORATORY AND FIELD EXPERIMENTS SHOW
  THAT THE FLUIDS AND SOME FLUID COMPONENTS EXHIBIT PHYTOTOXICITY PROPERTIES
  REDUCING SEED GERMINATION, GROWTH AND YIELD.

  INTRODUCTION INTO THE ENVIRONMENT OF THE CHEMICALLY COMPLEX FLUIDS HAS
  PROMPTED EFFECTS RESEARCH ADDRESSING TERRESTRIAL AND FRESHWATER HABITATS
  AND THEIR RESPECTIVE BIOLOGICAL COMPONENTS.

  THE FLUIDS PERFORM A MULTIPLICITY OF FUNCTIONS, RANGING FROM LUBRICATING TO
  PREVENTION OF BLOWOUTS WHEN ENCOUNTERING HIGH PRESSURE.

  THE RANGE OF LETHAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FLUID COMPONENTS IN TOXICITY STUDIES
  WAS FROM LESS THAN 1 TO 75,000 MG/L AND THAT FOR WHOLE DRILLING FLUIDS FROM
  0.29 TO 85? BY VOLUME.

  PREFERENCE/AVOIDANCE REACTIONS OBSERVED IN EXPERIMENTS WITH WHOLE
  DRILLING FLUIDS ARE ALSO COLLATED AND DISCUSSED.

  DRILLING FLUIDS REPRESENT AN IMPORTANT ASPECT OF OFFSHORE AND LAND BASED
  DRILLING OPERATIONS.

  PHYTOTOXICITY IN WHOLE DRILLING FLUIDS IS ATTRIBUTED TO SOLUBLE SALT
  CONCENTRATIONS.
                                  B-2/21

-------
Reprint System
    B-3

-------
                            REPRINT COLLECTION


PEAKALL, D. B., AND A. P. GILMAN.  1979.  LIMITATIONS OF  EXPRESSING
ORGANOCHLORINE LEVELS IN EGGS ON A LIPID-WEIGHT BASIS.  BULL.  ENVIRON.
CONTAM. TOXICOL.  23:287-290.  (REPRINT 0318).

PEAKALL, 0. 8., AND R, J. LOVETT.  1972.  MERCURY:  ITS OCCURRENCE AND
EFFECTS IN ECOSYSTEMS.  8IOSCIENCE 22.  1:20-25.   (REPRINT  002*).

PEARSON* U. H.. D. L. WOODRUFF, P. C. SUGARMAN, AND 8. L. OLLA.   1981.
EFFECTS OF OILED SEDIMENT ON PREQATIQN ON THE LITTLENECK  CLAM  PROTOTHACA
STAMINEA, BY DUNGENESS CRAB, CANCER MAGISTER.  ESTUARINE, COASTAL AND SHELF
SCIENCE.  13:445-454.  (REPRINT 0176).

PELTIER, W.  1978.  METHODS FOR MEASURING ACUTE TOXICITY  OF  EFFLUENTS TO
AQUATIC ORGANISMS.  EPA-600/4-78-012.  PP. 1-52.   (REPRINT  0164).

PELTIER, W.  1981.  EFFECTS OF BAYTEX AND MALATHION ON EARLY LIFE STAGES  OF
SNOOK, CENTROPOMUS UNDECIMALIS.  UNPUBLISHED REPORT, US EPA  REGION IV,
SURVEILLANCE AND ANALYSIS DIVISION.  PP. 1-5.  (REPRINT 0597).

PENROSE, D. L., AND D. R. LENAT,  1982.  EFFECTS OF APPLE ORCHftRD RUNOFF  ON
AQUATIC MACROFAUNA OF A MOUNTAIN STREAM.  flRCH. ENVIRON.  CONTAM.  TOXICOL.
SPRINGER-VERLAG NEW YORK.  11:383-388.  (REPRINT 0500).

PEQUEGNAT, W. E., AND T. A. WASTLER.  1980.  FIELD BIOASSAYS FOR  EARLY
DETECTION OF CHRONIC IMPACTS OF CHEMICAL WASTES UP3N MARINE  ORGANISMS.
HELGOLANDER MEERESUNTERS.  33:531-545.  (REPRINT 0256),

PERLMUTTER, A., W. S MILLER, AND J. C. POOLE.  1956.  WEAKFISH  (CYNOSCION
REGALIS) IN NEW YORK WATERS.  NEW YORK FISH AND GAME JOURNAL.   3(l):i-43-
(REPRINT 1201).

PERRY, M. C., AND F. M. UHLER.  1981.  ASIATIC CLAM (COR8ICULA  MANILENSIS)
AND OTHER FOODS USED BY WATERFOWL IN JAMES RIVER,  VIRGINIA,  ESTUARIES.
4(3):229-233.  (REPRINT 1211).

PETERS, D. S., AND M. A. KJELSON.  1975.  CONSUMPTION AND UTILIZATION OF
FOOD BY VARIOUS POSTLARVAL AND JUVENILE FISHES OF  NORTH CAROLINA  ESTUARIES-
ESTUARINE RESEARCH.  1:447-472.  (REPRINT 1195).

PETRICH, S. M., AND 0. J. REISH.  1979.  EFFECTS OF ALUMINUM AND  NICKEL ON
SURVIVAL AND REPRODUCTION IN POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS.  BULL.  ENVIRON.  CONTAM.
TOXICOL.  23:698-702.  (REPRINT 0286).

PHILLIPS, P. J., W. D. BURKE, AND E. J. KEENER.  1969.  OBSERVATIONS ON
TROPHIC SIGNIFICANCE OF JELLYFISHES IN MISSISSIPPI SOUND  WITH  QUANTITATIVE
DATA ON ASSOCIATIVE BEHAVIOR OF SMALL FISHES WITH  MEDUSAE.   TRANS. AMER.  FISH.
SOC.  4:703-712.  (REPRINT 1231).

PHILLIPS, R. C.  1960.  OBSERVATIONS ON ECOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION  OF  FLORIDA
SEAGRASSES.  FLORIDA STATE BOARD OF CONSERVATI3NS, PROFESSIONAL PAPERS SERIES,
2:1-72.  (REPRINT 1001).

POTTER, J. L. AND R. D. O'BRIEN.  1964.  PARATHION ACTIVATION  3Y  LIVERS OF
HQUATIC AND TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATES.  SCIENCE.  144:55-57.   (REPRINT 0121).


                                  B-3/1

-------
                              AUTHOR INDEX
                                    R
RAY, S.
  ACCUMULATION OF COPPER, ZINC, CADMIUM AND LEAD FROM TWO  CONTAMINATED
  SEDIMENTS BY THREE MARINE INVERTEBRATES-A LABORATORY  STUDY  (027D/.62-2

REDDY, K. S., JOINT AUTHOR.
  FATE OF PENTACHLOROPHENOL IN ESTUARINE SEDIMENT  (0587)7,19-14

REGIER, H. A., JOINT AUTHOR.
  SAMPLE SIZE IN PETERSON MARK-RECAPTURE EXPERIMENTS (1109)7,64-3

REICHEL, W. L., JOINT AUTHOR.
  RESIDUES OF ORGANOCHLORINE PESTICIDES AND POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS AND
  AUTOPSY DATA FOR BALD EAGLES, 1971-72 (0108)/,17-7

REIDENAUER, J. A.
  RESPONSE OF A SOFT-BOTTOM HARPACTICOID COMMUNITY  TO STINGRAY  (DASYATIS
  SABINA) DISTURBANCE (1226)7,62-4

REIMOLD, R. J.
  CHLORINATED HYDROCARBON PESTICIDES AND MERCURY IN COASTAL YOUNG-OF-THE-YEAR
  FINFISH, SOUTH CAROLINA AND GEORGIA 1972-1974 (0107)7,62-7

  TOXAPHENE CONTENT OF ESTUARINE FAUNA AND FLORA BEFORE, DURING,  AND  AFTER
  DREDGING TOXAPHENE-CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS (003D/.62-6

  TOXAPHENE INTERACTIONS IN ESTUARINE ECOSYSTEMS <0030)/,62-5

REISH, D.
  MARINE AND ESTUARINE POLLUTION (0434)7,62-8

REISH, D. J.
  MARINE AND ESTUARINE POLLUTION (0530)7,62-10

  MARINE AND ESTUARINE POLLUTION (0433)7,63-11

  USE OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS AS TEST ORGANISMS FOR MARINE 8IOASSAY
  EXPERIMENTS (0246)7,62-9

REISH, 0. J., JOINT AUTHOR.
  EFFECTS OF ALUMINUM AND NICKEL ON SURVIVAL AND REPRODUCTION  IN  POLYCHAETOUS
  ANNELIDS (0286)7,59-11

  TEST, MONITORING AND INDICATOR ORGANISMS-CHAPTER  8-A
  GUIDE TO MARINE POLLUTION BY EDWARD D. GOLDBERG  (0076)7,9-10

REMINGTON ARMS COMPANY
  KNOW YOUR DUCKS (1037)7,62-12

IRESH, V. H.
  STATUS OF COMMON SHINER, NOTROPIS CORNUTUS CHRYSOCEPHALUS 8RAFINESQUE),  IN
  KENTUCKY (1092)7,62-13

IREUNANEN, H. , JOINT AUTHOR.
  ACUTE TOXICITY OF SOME CHLORINATED PHENOLS, CATECHOLS, AMD  CRESOLS  TO  TROUT
  (0328)7,32-13


                                  B-372

-------
                           KEYWORD TITLE INDEX                             R
                                                                           P
                                                                           R
                                                                           T
                                    P
POLYCHAETE FEEDING GUILDS FROM US MORTHEASTERN CONTINENTAL SHELF /,IM   0191
    "      CAPITELLA CAPITATA: INFLUENCES OF METAL CONTENT AND NUTRIT   0463
    11      WORMS, MOLLUSKSf AND ECHINODERMS REPORTED FROM TAMPA BAY E   1162
POLYCHAETES OF NORTHERN FLORIDA REEF TRACT.  PART I. APHRODITIDAE, PO   1018
POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS /(EFFECTS OF ALUMINUM AND NICKEL ON SURVIVAL AN   0286
     "       ANNELIDS OF AN INTERTIDAL HABITAT IN UPPER OLD TAMPA BAY   1277
     "       ANNELIDS AS TEST ORGANISMS FOR MARINE BIQASSAY EXPERIMEN   0246
POLYCHLORINATED 8IPHENYLS (PCB'S)  2. HYDROGEOLOGICAL CONDITIONS AND    0494
       "        BIPHENYLS (PCB'S)  1. HISTORY, DISTRIBUTION, AND SURF   0560
       "        BIPHENYL (ARQCLOR 1254) IN WATER, SEDIMENT AND BIOTA    0048
       "        BIPHENYL AROCLOR 1242 FROM CONTAMINATED DETRITUS AND    0496
       "        BIPHENYL (PHENOCLOR DP6) BY ESTUARINE FISH /,ACCUMULA   0169
       "        BIPHENYLS ON FIN REGENERATION IN GULF COAST KILLIFISH   0185
       11        8IPHENYL AROCLOR 1254 ON AMERICAN OYSTER CCRASSOSTREA   0045
       "        8IPHENYL AROCLOR 1242 ON LOCOMQTOR ACTIVITY AND ON N£   0174
       11        BIPHENYLS AND MERCURY IN WILD CORMORANTS, PELICANS, T   0058
       "        BIPHENYL ABSORBED FROM SEDIMENTS BY FIDDLER CRABS AND   0047
       "        BIPHENYL ACCUMULATION IN GREY MULLETS (CHELON LABROSU   0170
       11        BIPHENYLS, AROCLORS 1248 AND 1260 EFFECT ON AND ACCUM   0051
       11        3IPHENYLS AND AUTOPSY DATA FOR BALD EAGLES, 1971-72 /   0108
       11        BIPHENYL (AROCLOR 1254) DIET ON ATLANTIC COD (GADUS M   0495
       "        BIPHENYLS IN ECOSYSTEMS: REVIEW /.TRANSPORT, DISTRIBU   0166
       "        BIPHENYL RESIDUES: IMPLICATIONS FOR BIOLOGICAL EFFECT   0198
       "        BIPHENYL DYNAMICS IN HUDSON RIVER STRIPED BASS.I. ACC   0558
POLYDORA FROM EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA (POLYCHAETA: SPIONIDAE) /,R   1160
IPOLYHEDROSIS VIRUS OF PINK SHRIMP ULTRASTRUCTURE, PREVALENCE AND EHNA   0059
POLYMERS TO REDUCE TURBIDITY IN A HATCHERY WATER SUPPLY /.PRELIMINARY   1065
POLYNOIDAE, AMPHINOMIDAE, EUNICIDAE, AND LYSARETIDAE /,CORAL-INHABITI   1018
rPOLYPHENOLS /,NATURAL CHELATORS IN SEA WATER: DETOXIFICATION OF ZN2 B   0379
IPOMATOMUS SALTATRIX) FROM EAST-CENTRAL LONG ISLAND SOUND FROM JULY TH   1195
[    "     SALTATRIX /.DESCRIPTION OF EMBRYONIC AND EARLY LARVAL STAGE   1101
    "     SALTATRIX, TAGGED IN WATERS OF NEW YORK AND SOUTHERN NEW EN   1258
POMOXIS ANNULARIS RAFINESQUE, IN CONOWINGO RESERVOIR /.SEASONAL FOOD    1053
POMPANO, TRACHINOTUS CAROLINUS, IN LOUISIANA /.FOOD HABITS OF JUVENIL   1194
POND EXPERIMENTS /tAQUATIC TOXICOLOGY OF CYPERMETHRIN. II. FATE AND B   0490
 "   REARED YOUNG OF FIVE MICROPTERUS SPECIES OF SOUTHEASTERN U.S. /,   1074
 11   CULTURE OF BAIT FISHES                                             1060
 11   SNAIL VIVIPARUS GEORGIANUS /.PREDATION ON LAR&EMOJTH BASS EMBRYO   1055
 "   FISH TO GUTHION (AZINPHOSMETHYL) AND PARATHION /.SENSITIVITY OF    0120
PONDS /.EFFECT OF REMOVAL OF PANFISH AND TRASHFISH BY FYKE NETS UPON    1039
  "   ALONE AND IN CO COMBINATION WITH OTHER SPECIES /.FOOD HABITS OF   1054
  "   /.OBSERVATIONS ON SPAWNING AND GROWTH OF FOUR SPECIES OF BASSES   1073
PONTCHARTRAIN, LOUISIANA, AN ESTiJARINE COMMUNITY /.FOOD HABITS OF FIS   1195
POOL FISH ASSEASSEMBLAGES /.STRUCTURE OF TWO SOUTH CAROLINA ESTUARINE   1126
POPULATION DYNAMICS IN UNISEXUAL-BISEXUAL POECILIQPSIS (PISCES: POECI   1290
    "      OF FISHES /.BLUEGILLS DOMINATE PRODUCTION IN A MIXED         1040
    "      STATUS, REPRODUCTIVE SUCCESS AND ORSANOCHLORINE RESIDUES I   0307
    "      /.EFFECT OF ANNUAL RECHANNELING ON A STREAM FISH             1075
    "      SIZE STRUCTURE OF COMMON MUMMICHOG, FUNDULUS HETEROCLITUS    1230
    "      /.ESTIMATION OF ABUNDANCE AND MORTALITY OF A SPOTTED SEATR   1210
    11      GROWTH OF PARANAIS LITORALIS MULLER 1784 (OLIGOCHAETA) /,M   1112
    11      STATUS OF LEAST TERNS IN SOUTH CAROLINA /, ORGANOCHLORINE P   0306
                                  B-3/3

-------
                               SUBJECT INDEX

 fUBJECT
  TITLE (REPRINT JO /» PAGE - ITEM

ALUM
  ACUTE AND CHRONIC EFFECTS OF ALUM TO MIDGE LftRVA CDIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE)
  (0323)7,43- 7

 LUMINUM
  EFFECTS OF ALUMINUM AND NICKEL ON SURVIVAL AND REPRODUCTION IN
  POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS (0286)/t59-11

 MBUSH//BOLERO/73UX//DURSBAN//FENTRIFANIL/7LARVIN/7PYDRIN
  INITIAL TOXICOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT OF AMBUSH, BOLERO, BUX, DURSBAN,
  FENTRIFANIL, LARVIN, AND PYDRIN:  STATIC ACUTE TOXICITY TESTS WITH
  SELECTED ESTUARINE ALGAE, INVERTEBRATES, AND FISH (0601)/, 6-12

AMINOCARB
  TOXICITY OF FIVE FOREST INSECTICIDES TO CUTTHROAT TROUT AND TWO SPECIES
  OF AQUATIC INVERTEBRATES (0382)7,82- 8

 MITON OXALATE
  DETECTION OF PESTICIDES IN WATER BY BIOCHEMICAL ASSAY  (0121)7,79-13

UMITROLE
  ADSORPTION AND DESORPTION OF PERMETHRIN AND OTHER PESTICIDES ON GLASS AND
  PLASTIC MATERIALS USED IN BIOASSAY PROCEDURES (0236)7,68- 4

  EFFECTS OF HERBICIDES ON WATER AND ITS INHABITANTS  (0034)7,54- 9

 MMODYTIDAE
  SPAWNING, EMBRYO DEVELOPMENT AND GROWTH OF THE AMERICAN SAND LANCE
  AMMODYTES AMERICANUS IN THE LABORATORY (1238)7,69-10

HMMONIA
  AMMONIA CONCENTRATIONS IN PINK SALMON, ONCORHYNCHUS GORBUSCHA, REDDS  OF
  SASHIN CREEK, SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA (0253)7,62-14

  SURVIVAL, SIZE AND EMERGENCE OF  PINK SALMON, ONCORHYNCHUS GORBUSCHA,
  ALEVINS AFTER SHORT AND LONG-TERM EXPOSURES TO AMMONIA (0254)7,63- 1

  INCREASED TOXICITY OF AMMONIA TO RAINBOW TROUT (SALMO  GAIRDNERI)  RESULTING
  FROM REDUCED CONCENTRATIONS OF DISSOLVED OXYSEN (0211)7,76- 8

  AMMONIA TOXICITY TO FISHES: EFFECT OF PH ON TOXICITY OF UN-IONIZED
  AMMONIA SPECIES (0212)7,76- 9

  ACUTE AMMONIA TOXICITY AND AMMONIA EXCRETION IN RAINBOW TROUT (SALMO
  GAIRDNERI) (0252)7,34-10

  ACUTE TOXICITY OF AMMONIA TO FATHEAD MINNOWS (0583)7*76-11

 MPHIBIANS
  AQUATIC TOXICITY OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS TO EMBRYO-LARVAL STAGES OF  FISH AND
  AMPHIBIANS (0371)7,52- 7
                                   3-374

-------
Specialized Bibliography System
             B-4

-------
                            WILKES BIBLIOGRAPHY


 1.  "Ecology of the Marine Environment August* 1981-September, 1982
    (Citations from the NTIS Data Base." Natl. Tech. Inf. Serv., P383-
    800755 (1982).

 2.  "Ecology of the Marine Environment May,  1980-July,  1981 (Citations from
    the NTIS Data Base)." Natl. Tech. Inf. Serv.,  PB83-800748 (1982).

 3.  Addison, R. F., "Organochlorine Compounds and  Marine Lipids." Prog. Lipid
    Res.,  21, 47 (1982).

 4.  Akberali, H. B.,  et al., "The Responses  of the Estuarine Bivalve Mollusc
    Scrobicularia to  the First Hydrolytic Product  of the Insecticide Sevin."
    Estuarine Coastal Shelf Sci., 15, 415 (198Z).

 5.  Amico, V., et al., "Levels of Chlorinated Hydrocarbons in Sediments from
    the Central Mediterranean.11 Sci. Total Environ., 2&, 91 (1982).

 6.  Anderson, E. W.,  et al., "Residues of o,p-ODT  in Southern California Coastal
    sediments in 1971." Bull. Environ. Contain. Toxicol., 29, 429 (1982).

 7*  Boghen,  A. D.,  "Effects of Wescodyne and Malachite Green on Parasitic
    Ciliates of Juvenile American Lobsters." Prog. Fish-Cult., 44, 97 (1982).

 8.  Bopp,  Richard P., et al., "Chlorinated Hydrocarbons and Radionuclide
    Chronologies in Sediments of the Hudson  River  and Estuary, Neiu York."
    Environ. Sci. Technol. , 16, 866 (1982).

 9.  Borthmick, P. W., and Patrick, J. M., Jr., "Use of Aquatic Toxicology and
    Quantitative Chemistry to Estimate Environmental Daactivation of Marine-
    Grade  Creosote in Seaiuater." Environ. Toxicol. Chem., 1, 281 (1982).

 0.  3retheler, R. J., et al., "Measurement of Chronic Toxicity Using the
    Opossum Shrimp Mysidopsis bahia." Hydrobiologia (Nath.), 93, 189 (1982).

 1-  Burns, K. A., and Villeneuve, J. P., "Dissolved and Particulate Hydro-
    carbons in Water  from a Spring Sampling  of the Var River Estuary (S.
    France)." Toxicol. Environ. Chem. (G. 8.), 5,  195 (1982).

 2.  Chaffea, C., and  Spies, R. B., "The Effects of Used Ferrochrome Ligno-
    sulphonate Drilling Muds from a Santa Barbara  Channel Oil Well on the Devel-
    opment of Starfish Embryos." Mar. Environ. Res. (G. B.), 7, 265 (1982).

 3.  Correll, D. L.» and Wu, T. L.» "Atrazine Toxicity to Submersed Vascular
    Plants in Simulated Estuarine Microcosms." Aquat. Sot. (Neth.)* 14, 151
    (1982).

 4.  Ghiasuddin, S.  M., et al., "Role of Phospholipids in the Inhibitory
    Action of DDT and Permethrin on the Nerve ATPases of Lobster, Homarus
    americanus." Biochem. Pharmacol. 31, 1483 (1982).

15.  Hamilton, E. I.,  "Strategies and Tactics in Marine Pollution Monitoring.
    Mar. Pollut. Bull. (G. B.), 13, 109 (1982).

L6«  Hashimoto, Y.»  "Effects of Pesticides on Aquatic Organisms and Their
    Environment." J.  Pestic. Sci. (Japan), 7, 281  (1982).


                                   B-4/1

-------
Slide Collection System
           B-5

-------
I
SLIDE CATEGORY
                   ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                      SULF BREEZE, FLORIDA  32561
                           SLIDE FILE REPORT
                         ( 4/10/84   PAGE  11)

                 MICR08IOLOGY/RADIOCHEMISTRY

                           TITLE
 SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL LABORATORY WORK—RADIOCHEM
 SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL LABORATORY WORK—RADIOCHEM
 SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL LABORATORY WORK—RADIOCHEM
 SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL LABORATORY WORK—RADIOCHEM
 MICROSCOPE
 MICROCELL COUNTER
 FLAMING
 MICROSCOPE WORK 1972
 MICROCOSM STUDIES
 MICROCOSM STUDIES
 RADIOCHEMISTRY
 RADIOCHEMISTRY
SLIDE #

 MIC-001
 MIC-002
 MIC-003
 MIC-004
 MIC-005
 MIC-006
 MIC-OQ7
 MIC-008
 MIC-009
 MIC-010
 MIC-011
 MIC-012
•LIDE CATEGORY
                 PATHOLOGY
                           TITLE
                                                                   SLIDE #
 TUMOR INDUCTION STUDY//TANKS ANO INJECTION APPARATUS
 ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
 HISTOLOGY
 HISTOLOGY — CUTTING SECTIONS
 HISTOLOGY
 HISTOLOGY
 HISTOLOGY — HISTOLOGY LA3
 HISTOLOGY— HISTOLOGY LAB
 HISTOLOGY — STAINING
 CELL CULTURE
 CELL CULTURES
 DYPRINODOM VARIEGATUS — INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION (PITHING
 FISH BEFORE DISSECTION)
-CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS — INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION (PITHING
•FISH 3EFORE DISSECTION)
•CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS — INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION (REMOVING
 GONADS)
B CYPRINODON
 TESTES)
 CYPRINODON
•FEMALE C.V
•GENERAL
GENERAL
            VARIEGATUS— INDUCED  EGG  FERTILIZATION  (REMOVING
            VARIEGATUS— INDUCED  EGG  FERTILIZATION  (INJECTING
             WITH GONAOOTROPIN)
         LABORATORY WORK — SCHOOR
         LABORATORY WORK — SCHOOR
 ULTRAMICROTOME 1972
•ULTRAMICROTOME 1972
"GLASS KNIFE CUTTER 1972
 ULTRAMICRQTOME 1972
  EYSTER STUDY
  ECROPSY  (DR. JOHN COUCH)
 EM WORK (DR. COUCH)
 P-Q01
 P-002
 P-003
 P-004
 P-005
 P-006
 P-007
 P-003
 P-009
 P-010
 P-011
 P-012

 P-013

 P-014

 P-015

 P-OI6

 P-017
 P-018
 P-019
 P-020
 P-021
 P-022
 P-323
 P-024
 P-025
                                   B-5/1

-------
 pMSTANT
 f  GENERAL—CONSTANT FLOW APPARATUS, 1972                              1-003

 PNSTRUCTION
 I  NEW WET LAB CONSTRUCTION                                            F-003
 I
 NEW  WET  LAB  CONSTRUCTION                                             F-004

UCri
 EM WORK  (DR. COUCH)                                                  P-025

 NECROPSY CDR.  JOHN  COUCH)                                            P-024
 J3UNTER
 I  MICROCELL COUNTER                                                   MIC-006

 ULTURE
   CELL CULTURE                                                        P-010

 ULTURES
 r  CELL CULTURES                                                       P-011
I
1
I
I
 LTURING
  OLD  WET  LAB  BIOASSAYS  (OANA  BETH TYLER EST.  CULTURING)  1972         T-008

 TTER
  GLASS  KNIFE  CUTTER  1972                                              P-021

JTTING
  HISTOLOGY—CUTTING  SECTIONS                                          P-004

rPRINODON
  CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION                    P-OI6
  (INJECTING FEMALE C.V. WITH  GONADOTROPIN)

  CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION                    P-012
  (PITHING FISH  BEFORE DISSECTION)

  CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION                    P-013
  (PITHING FISH  BEFORE DISSECTION)

  CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION                    P-014
  (REMOVING GONADS)

  CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION                    P-015
  (REMOVING TESTES)

 SSECTION
  CYPRINOOON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION                    P-012
  (PITHING FISH  BEFORE DISSECTION)

  CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION                    P-013
  (PITHING FISH  BEFORE DISSECTION)

 CK
  BOAT  DOCK                                                            F-019
                                  8-5/2

-------
ELL
P-010 P-011
CHAIN
1 1-002
CHANNEL
M-004
CHEMISTRY
1-012 1-014 F-022 F-023 1-017 1-018
1-013 1-021 1-011 1-015 1-016 1-022
1-020
1-019
J
HROMATOGRAPH.
 1-017
COLLECTING
  FI-035

CONSTANT
  1-003
I
I
I
I
I
r
i
OBSTRUCTION
 F-003      F-004
 UCH
 P-025      P-024

 UNTER
 MIC-006

 LTURE
 P-010

 LTURES
 P-011

 LTURING
 T-008

 TTER
 P-021
 CUTTING
 • P-004

 CYPRINOOQN
   P-012       P-013       P-014      P-015      P-016
I
r
 SSECTION
 P-012

 P-013

 CK
 F-019      F-020
                                   8-5/3

-------
                     ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                        GULF 8REEZE , FLORIDA 32561
                         SLIDE CIRCULATION REPORT
                           ( 1/25/85   PAGE   1)
BORROWER'S NAME : BOURQUIN AL

               TITLE

  AERIAL VIEW OF ERLGB 1983

BORROWER'S NAME : MCERLEAN

               TITLE

  BIOASSAY PROCEDURE

  CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS 28 DAY EMBRYO
  FRY BIOASSAY

  MENIDIA (SILVERSIDE)

BORROWER'S NAME : UILKES FRANK

               TITLE

  AERIAL VIEW OF SA3INE ISLAND 1983

  AUTOPSY  (DR. JOHN COUCH)

  C. VARIEGATUS 
-------
[LIDE #
-015
N-053
F-063
(=1-043
FI-048
t-026
|[-040
[-005
-023
[1-029
riC-004

[IC-009
IS-029
BORROWER NAME
WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK
BOURQUIN AL
WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK
MCERLEAN
MCERLEAN
WILKES FRANK
MCERLEAN
WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK

WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK
         ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
            GULF BREEZE , FLORIDA 32561
             SLIDE CIRCULATION REPORT
               ( 1/25/85   PAGE   1)
                                    TITLE
-043
WILKES FRANK
                                 DATE

FRONT GATE—EPA               84-04-05

WET LAB* INSIDE VIEW          84-04-05

AERIAL VIEW OF ERLG3 1983     84-05-23

FIELD STUDY —EGLIM AFB,       84-10-11
1983

FIELD STUDY—EGLIN flFS,       84-04-05
1983

CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS 28      84-10-04
DAY EMBRYO
FRY BIOASSAY

BIOASSAY PROCEDURE            84-10-04

SHRIMP, CD EXPOSED            84-04-05

MENIDIA (SILVERSIDE)          84-10-04

C. VARIEGATUS CSHEEPSHEAD     84-04-05
MINNOWS) MALE £ FEMALE

SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL      84-04-05
LABORATORY WORK—RAQIOCHEM

MICROCOSM STUDIES             84-04-05

AERIAL VIEW OF SA3INE         84-04-23
ISLAND 1983

AUTOPSY  CDR. JOHN COUCH)     84-04-os
                    B-5/5

-------
Laboratory Notebook System
          B-6

-------
                      ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                         GULF BREEZE ,  FLORIDA 32561
                         LAB NOTEBOOK CONTENTS REPORT
                            ( 3/21/85   PAGE   4)


SAMELA JOHN                                                        X000004
•3GERS MIKE
•                                                                  79-07-23
                                                                   85-01-30
I                     ECO-CORE II RIVER/ECO-CORE III GULF

ECO-CORE II, ESCAM8IA RIVER

JO-CORE MPS, PNP, PCP, PARA CP RANGE POINT COMBUSTIONS	, 001

SCO-CORE I ABCD BUDGETS	002

lo-CORE I ABCD BUDGET GRAPHS	004A

     DESIGN	.	007

     SPIKES:  MPS	. OOTA

              PARA CP	008

              PNP	003A

              PENTA CP	009

     DAILY LEDGER	009A

     14C02 DATA	010

     H20 EXTRACTIONS	012

     SEDIMENT EXTRACTIONS	017

     COMBUSTIONS	017A

     BUDGETS:  MPS	OIBA

               PARA CP.	 019

               PNP	019A

               PENTA CP	020

     TLC DATA	 020A

  IQ-CCRE III, GULF OF MEXICO:  MPS, P-CR, PNP, PCP	026

     SPIKE; TIME  o UNEXTRACTABLE AND EXTRACTABLE DATA	026A

     DAILY C02 AND BREAKDOUN SCHEDULE .....  	 ..... 029

     C02 DATA TABLES:  CPM/HOUR AND CUMULATIVE	029A
                                  B-6/1

-------
                      ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                         GULF BREEZE , FLORIDA 32561
                       LAB NOTEBOOK CIRCULATION REPORT
                            ( 5/ 9/85   PAGE   1)
  DRROWER'S NAME :  MUELLER LEW

                TITLE

   FATE SCREEN

   FATE SCREEN

 BORROWER'S NAME :  NOVAK STEVE

                TITLE

   BACTERIAL DEGRADATION HYDROCARBON FUEL IN THE
   AQUEOUS ENVIRONMENT

 BORROWER'S NAME :  PRITCHARD HAP

                TITLE

   LABORATORY MICROCOSM AS VERIFICATION TOOLS FOR
   STUDYING FATE AND TRANSPORT PROCESSES IN
   NATURAL ESTUARINE SYSTEMS

   DEVELOPMENT OF VALIDATED EXPOSURE METHODOLOGY

   JET FUEL DEGRADATION #3
I
 LABORATORY MICROCOSM AS VERIFICATION TOOLS FOR
 STUDYING FATE AND TRANSPORT PROCESSES IN
 NATURAL ESTUARINE SYSTEMS, NO. 2

ORROWER'S NAME : SPAIN JIM

              TITLE

 FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 04/06/82
   FATE SCREENS SHAKEN 05/18/82;
   05/19/82
                               QUIESCENT
   FATE SCREENS SHAKED 06/08/82; QUIESCENT
   06/08/82

   FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 06/30/82

   FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 06/30/82

   FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 07/28/82

   FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 07/28/82

   FATE SCREENS QUIESCENT 08/10/82; SHAKEN
   08/10/82
                                                   BOOK

                                                   000109

                                                   000152



                                                   BOOK

                                                   000103
BOOK

000108



000115

000137

000143
BOOK

000078

000079


000080


000081

000082

000083

000084

000085
                   DATE

                 34-10-09

                 84-10-09



                   DATE

                 84-06-21
  DATE

34-11-27



84-11-27

34-11-27

84-11-27
  DATE

83-06-07

83-05-07


83-06-07


83-06-07

83-06-07

83-06-07

83-06-07

83-06-07
                                 B-6/2

-------
                     ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                        GULF BREEZE , FLORIDA 32561
                      LAB NOTEBOOK CIRCULATION REPORT
                           ( 5/ 9/85   PAGE   1)
NOTEBOOK

000078

000079



000080



000081


000082

000083


000084

000085


000086


000087


Q00088

000090

D00103



000108
    BORROWER NAME

SPAIN JIM

SPAIN JIM



SPAIN JIM



SPAIN JIM


SPAIN JIM

SPAIN JIM


SPAIN JIM

SPAIN JIM


SPAIN JIM


SPAIN JIM


SPAIN JIM

SPAIN JIM

NOVAK STEVE



PRITCHARO HAP
000109

300115


000137
MUELLER LEN

PRITCHARD HAP


PRITCHARD HAP
          TITLE                  DATE

FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 04/06/82   83-06-07

FATE SCREENS SHAKEN           83-06-07
05/18/82; QUIESCENT
05/19/82

FATE SCREENS SHAKED           83-06-07
06/08/82; QUIESCENT
06/08/82

FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT         83-06-07
06/30/82

FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 06/30/82   83-06-07

FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT         83-06-07
07/28/82

FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 07/28/82   83-06-07

FATE SCREENS QUIESCENT        83-06-07
08/10/82; SHAKEN 08/10/82

FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT         83-06-07
08/18/82

FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT         83-06-07
09/25/82

FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 10/15/82   83-06-07

RJ5 FATE SCREEN DATA          83-05-09

BACTERIAL DEGRADATION         84-06-21
HYDROCARBON FUEL IN THE
AQUEOUS ENVIRONMENT

LABORATORY MICROCOSM AS       84-11-27
VERIFICATION TOOLS FOR
STUDYING FATE AND TRANSPORT
PROCESSES IN NATURAL
ESTUARINE SYSTEMS

FATE SCREEN                   84-10-09

DEVELOPMENT OF VALIDATED      84-11-27
EXPOSURE METHODOLOGY

JET FUEL DEGRADATION #3       84-11-27
                                B-6/3

-------
Literature Search System
          B-7

-------
                             SEARCH REQUEST LOG



U8  NUMBER  :  85-002                    LAB PROJECT NO. :
IRIGINATOR  :  PRITCHARD HAP             PHONE : 268              DATE : 84-10-09
BRANCH  CHIEF  :  BOURQUIN AL
  ICRIPTION  OF  REQUEST  :
SEARCH  RECENT  (PAST  5  YEARS)  LITERATURE R£:  2,4
EICHLOROPHENOL  ESPECIALLY  IN  REGARD TO (1) CHEMICAL
[ANALYSIS,  C2)  MICROBIAL  DEGRADATION, (3) PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES  AND  (4) BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS.
JEYTI
   ERMS  :
RN=120-83-2
 NALYS?
 ICROBI?ODEGRADAT?
ANALY7OMETHOD?
pEGRADAT? OR DEGRADN
PECOMPOS? OR DECOMPN
MICROS??? ?
J=ATE OR  EFFECT?  ?
[TOXICOLOGY
IVGROCHEMICALS
WATER


.EARCHER  : SUSAN  MEANS                                          DATE : 84-10-10
 TIMATE  OF COST  :  44.47
f

I

\

I
  ARCH  STRATEGY  :
  A  SEARCH  311,  310;  BIOSIS 5,  55
  ALUATION
 TS  :  76
 INTS  : 76
                                  B-7/1

-------
APPENDIX C - STOP-LISTS AND GO-LISTS

A stop-list Increases the value of keyword Indices by Identifying  trivial  terms
for exclusion from analysis.  It is composed of non-descriptive  words  such as
articles, conjunctions, prepositions, and pronouns as well  as  terms  which  lack
significance within the context of the documents being evaluated.

A go-list decreases the redundancy of keyword indices by identifying non-
trivial terms for inclusion in analysis.  It is a prescribed set of  descriptive
terms on which an analysis is run; anything not on the list is ignored.  A go-
list 1s most effective when the subject scope is relatively narrow and well-defined.

Stop-lists and go-lists are created in the EPALIT text editor.  Modifications
are made by editing the appropriate file interactively.  Files should  be sorted
after each modification to re-establish the correct alphabetical sequence.

As a preliminary to keyword analysis, the system looks for  a stop-list whose
six character mnemonic and ID match those of the batch stream  being  used.  If
one is found, it is used to run the analysis.  If not, the  system  looks for a
go-list with matching mnemonic and ID.  If one is encountered, it  is used. If
neither a stop- or a go-list is present, the system analyzes every term in the text.

Stop- and go-words may be truncated using the asterisk symbol  (*).  For example,
the truncation RECORD* implies not only the word RECORD, but RECORDS,  RECORDED,
RECORDING, etc.  Imbedded word fragments may also be treated this  way. For
example, *PUBL* implies PUBLICATION, PREPUBLICATION, and so on.  This  feature
should be used carefully as too general a truncation may result  in the
exclusion or inclusion of undesired terms.

-------
       SAMPLE STOP-LIST
BOUT
BOVE
BSTRACT*
CCURACY
CT
CTIVIT*
DDITION*
FFECT*
FTER
SENC*
SENT*
SREEMENT*
L
LL
-ONG
.SO
.TERNATIVE^
LTHOUGH
40NG

MALYS*

MIMAL*
fJNOTATE*
MNUAL*
PPARENT*
PPENDIX
i>PLICA*
PPLIED
PPRECIABL*
PPROACH*
PRIL
SCERTAIN*
5PECT*
SSESS*
SSOCIAT*
BTM
r
ITTEMPT*
PG
UGUST
I/AILA8*
i/ERAGE
VOID*
AR
BASE*
BE
BECAME
BECAUSE
BECOM*
BEEN
BEFORE
BEGUN
BEING
BETWEEN
BOOK
BOTH
BRANCH
BREEZE
BRIEF*
8ROAO
BUREAU
BUT
BY
CAN
CARRE
CASE
CAUS*
CENTER
CERTAIN
CHANG*
CHAPTER*
CHARACTERISTIC*
CHOICE
COLD
COLLEGE
COMMENT
COMMITTEE
COMPLET*
COMPOUND*
CONCERN*
CONCENTRAT*
CONDITION*
CONFIRM*
CONTAIN*
CONTRIBUTION
CONTROL
CORPS
COULD
CUE*
D
DAMAGE
DEC
DECEMBER
DELIVER
DEMAND*
DEPUTY
DESCRI*
DID
DIFFEREN*
DIGEST*
DIRECT*
DISCUSS*
DO
DOES
DOWN
DR
DRAFT*
DUE*
DURING
E
EACH
EARL*
EAST*
ECONOMICAL
EFFECT*
EFFICIEN*
EFFORT*
EIGHT*
EITHER
END*
ENTER*
ENTIRE
EQUIPMENT
ERROR*
ESTABLISH*
ESTIMAT*
ET
EVALUAT*
EVEN
EVER*
EVIDENCE
EXCEPT*
EXOTICA
EXPERIMENT*
EXPLOR*
EXPOS*
FACTOR*
FACT*
FEB
FEBRUARY
FEDERAL
FEEDER*
FEW
FIFT*
FILL
FILM*
FINAL*
FIRED
FIRST
FISCAL
FIXATION
FLA
FLAT
FOLLOW*
FOR
FORMATION*
FORMULAT*
FORTH
FOUR*
FROM
FUNCTION*
FURTHER
FY
G
GENERAT*
GIV*
HAD
HAS
HAV*
HELD
HENCE
HERE*
HIGH
HOTEL
HOUR*
HOW*
I
IF
II
IMPORTAN*
IN
INCLUD*
INDIRECT*
INDUC*
INFLUEN*
INTO
INVESTIGAT*
INVOLV*
IS
ISOLAT*
ISSU*
IT*
JAN
JANUARY
              C-l

-------
                                 SAMPLE GO-LIST
IARACIDE*                        NALED
IMDRO                             NEBURON
iNTIFOULING                       PARATHION
  RAZINE                          PEST*
                                 PEST CONTROL*
IIOLOGICAL CONTROL*              PESTICIDE*
EOLOGICAL PESTICIDE*            PESTICIDE RESIDUE*
IIORATIONAL*                     PENTACHLOROPHENOL
IUX                               PHORATE
JIRBOPHENTHIQN                   PHOSPHAMEDON
[ftS:  50-29-3                     POLLUTANT*
^S:  58-89-8                     POLLUTION EFFECT*
IAS:  60-57-1                     PYRETHOID
IftS:  72-20-8                     RESIDUAL EFFECT:
IftS*  72-43-5                     RESIDUE*
IAS:  72-54-8                     THIOBENCARB
  ES:  72-55-9
  S:  76-48-8
;AS:  608-73-1
gftS:  2385-85-5
»S:  80001-35-2
PTTD
:HEMICAL  CONTROL*
•HLORINE
IILORYPRIFOS
;ONTROL*
ITGON

k
i£T
fcvp
KAZINON
)IELDRIN
  fFLUBENZURON
  DOSULFAN
iNDRIN
  (N
  ADICAT*
  HION
:ENTHION
  BNGICIDE*
  THION
IEPTACHLOR
IJSECTICIDE*
IJSECT VIRUS*
*PONE
  tRVICIDE*
  NDANE
  LATHION
IETHOXYCHLOR
•ETHYL PARATHION
IREX
IOLLUSCICIDE*
                                  C-2

-------
APPENDIX D - NAME FILES

A name file 1s essentially an authority file used in the generation of author
Indices.  It aggregates all of an individual author's entries in one place by
correlating variant name spellings to an accepted version.  A name file is
created in EPALIT's text editor and should have the same application mnemonic
and ID as the batch stream it will be used with.  Each name variation is added
to the file in a pair consisting of (1) the variant and (2) the standard form.
Items should be entered in the correct alphabetical sequence; however, a program
for sorting and re-sequencing name files is available if needed.  The librarian
is responsible for determining initial file input and for periodically reviewing
and updating files.

-------
                               SAMPLE  NAME  FILE
  JAHEARN, D.G.
  AHEARN, DONALD G.
  iAINSWORTH, KAREN
  AINSWORTH, KAREN A.
  ALEXANDER, SHELLY
2 ALEXANDER! SHELLEY V.
  IBAHNER, L.H.
  BAHNER, LOWELL H.
1 BARQUET, A.
  )BARQUET, ANA
  BENDER, M.E.
  BENDER, MICHAEL E.
1 BLACKMAN, R.R.
  I8LACKMAN, ROBBIN R.
  BLOCK, R.M.
2 BLOCK, RONALD M.
M BOBBIE, R.J.
• BOBBIE, RONALD J.
1300KHOUT, C.G
? BOOKHOUT, CAZLYN G.
• BOOKHOUT, C.G.
P BOOKHOUT, CAZLYN G.
1 BORTHWICK, P.W.
  1BORTHWICK, PATRICK W.
  SOURQUIN, A.W.
2 BOURQUIN, AL W.
>  BOURQUIN, A.W. ET AL
  BOURQUIN, AL W.
  BOURQUIN, AL W., EDITORS
2 SOURQUIN, AL W.
I  BRADY, S.S.
  BRADY, S. SCOTT
1 BRIGHT, T.J.
•  BRIGHT, THOMAS J.
  BUNTING, D.L.
2 BUNTING, DIANE L.
L BUNTING, DIANE LEIGH
I BUNTING, DIANE L.
P BURNETT, L.E.
2 BURNETT, LOUIS E.
I  BUTLER, P.A.
  BUTLER, PHILIP A.
1 CALDWELL, R.S.
  ICALDWELL, RICHARD S.
  CANFIELD, D.E.
2 CANFIELD, DANIEL E.
  ICANTELMO, F.R.
  CANTELMO, FRANK R.
  CARPENTER, J.H.
2 CARPENTER, JAMES H.
  ICAZWELL, P.L.
  CAZWELL, PATRICK L.
1 DANIELS, L.J.
  DANIELS, LEANE J.
I
                                   D-l

-------